Skip to main content

Full text of "Scenes in the Indian country"

See other formats


0.      ^ 


.0^     . 


% 


°o 


S     M    O 


"•^b 


''>«^'.  ^„    a"'  />^^' 


^1-^ 


o  "    ©   «        \(P 


:^^l 


^.-,    4.-^*    ••^rl''  •^-.    ,^°  />'^'.  °^ 


/Ji^3?;<    ^h*'  -^o 


«' 


■^^Vj^ 


-    -ill.-??   ^  .tV  '^ 


<?. 


^!^^    /^ 


i^ 


•n^o< 


^^i^;' 


o  V 


*<p. 


>.://?<•.    "^  .^■«^'      •'-«-•'     ''^- 


•.:>^ 


^-  '^:^t^^^^  .^^ 


0' 


^^, 


v^^ 


O,  *    o    , 


z 


^o  ^    :V- 


^^-•^. 


v^^- 


L^^ 


V 


<^\ 


,<5y 


e-"   -■■■ 


-v^ 


c^ 


J:       ^ 


SCENES 


>     INDIAN    COUNTRY. 


BY  THE  AUTHOR    OP   "SCENES   IN    CHU8AN,"  "LEABN  TO    SAT    KO,"  AND 
*'  HOW  TO  DIE  HAPPT." 


PHILADELPHIA : 
PRESBYTERIAN  BOARD  OF  PUBLICATION, 

NO.  821  CUESTNUT  STREET. 


/^sy 


\ 

Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1859,  by  ^ 

JAMES  DUNLAP,  Tbeas., 
in  the  Clerk's  Oflace  of  the  District  Court  for  the  Eastern  District 
of  Pennsylyania. 


STEllEOTTPED  BT 

JESPER  HARDING  &  SON, 

INQUmER  BUILDING,  SOUTH  THIRD   STKEET,   PHILADELPHIA. 


€<0)HT]lS?TSo 

PAGE 

The  Creek  Indians, 

.            •            • 

.        7 

Yan  Biiren, 

•            • 

13 

Forest  Kangers  in  the  Town, 

.    15 

The  up  river  Experience, 

17 

•Near  sinking, 

•            .            . 

.    19 

"Wooding, 

21 

Fellow  Passengers, 

.            •            * 

.    22 

The  Lieutenant, 

25 

The  Surgeon, 

. 

.    26 

The  White  Indian, 

28 

Red  men, 

,            •            , 

.    30 

The  Piece  that  was  lost. 

31 

What  Boarding-schools  have  done, 

.     33 

Fort  Coffee,      . 

. 

34 

Fort  Gibson, 

. 

.    36 

The  Verdigris  Landing, 

, 

37 

Tallahassa  Mission, 

. 

.    39 

Kowetah  Mission, 

,            . 

41 

(3) 


CONTENTS. 


Origin  of  the  Kowetah  Mission 

The  African  Interpreter, 

Uncle  Frank, 

The  School,      . 

The  Farmer  Missionary, 

Female  Department, 

How  they  work. 

Their   Kecreations, 

Scene  in  the  Dining-room, 

Help  those  Women, 

The  Cause  which  was  dearest, 

Portrait  of  a  Missionary, 

The  Teacher, 

What  is  the  Cause  of  this  Difference, 

The  Contrast, 

One  that  had  not  been  a  Pupil, 

Preaching, 

Evening  Preaching  at  Cabins, 

Night  Meeting  among  the  NegroeS; 

Aunt  Chloe, 

The  Whiskey  Village, 

The  Challenge, 

Drunken  Indians, 

Travellers  disturbed,     . 

Itinerating, 

The  Vision, 

Another  Vision,     . 

Oddly  constructed  Vehicles, 


CONTENTS. 


^5 


Journal  contiuued, . 

State  of  AVidowhood,    . 

Soaking  the  Seed, 

Foot-prints  iu  the  Rock, 

Another  Day's  Work, 

Tulsey  Town, 

A  Sick  Woman,     . 

"This  be  Indian's  Hunting  Ground 

The  Commons, 

The  poor  lone  Widow,  » 

Discussion  with  a  Mekko, 

Choosing  the  Broad  Road, 

Returning  home,     , 

The  Assault,     . 

**  Where  other  Indians  go," 

Different  Degrees  of  Civilization. 

The  Gentleman, 

One  of  a  Class  Opposed  to  Civilization, 

The  Blowers,  .... 

Different  modes  of  Burial, 

Diffusive  Influence  of  Religion  and  Knowledge, 

Mingled  Races, 

Alarm  in  Prospect  of  Death, 

Sofky,  .... 

White  Wife,  .... 

Drunkards  of  Ephraim, 

Prohibitory  Laws, 

Smugglers,       .... 


6                               CONTENTS, 

PAGE 

Morning  after  a  Debauch,  . 

.  213 

The  way  of  Transgressors  Hard,     ^ 

215 

Extracts  from  Letters, 

.  217 

Big  Meetings, 

218 

Unlettered  Preachers, 

•  219 

Examination  Day,          .            , 

223 

The  Cold  Plague, 

.  225 

Economical  Lodgings, 

229 

Change  of  Weather, 

.  230 

Reckless  Riding, 

232 

Indian  Doctors, 

.  234 

Prophets,          .            ,            , 

238 

The  Busk,  .... 

.  241 

Traditions, 

248 

Marriage  and  Courtship,     . 

.  250 

Some  Incidents  of  a  Day's  Ride, 

252 

The  Gleaner, 

.  257 

A  Funeral, 

259 

Eloquence  of  Silence, 

.  262 

A  Visit  to  the  Cherokees, 

.        264 

A  Cherokee  Preacher, 

.  269 

Blood  Revenge, 

274 

Testimony  of  a  Drover, 

.  275 

Is  it  a  Paying  Business  ? 

279 

SCENES 
IN  THE  INDIAN  COUNTRY, 


THE  CREEK  INDIANS. 


We  propose  to  give  some  account  of  the 
things  seen — of  the  facts  learned,  and  the 
labours  engaged  in — of  about  a  year  spent 
amongst  the  Creek  Indians,  who  are  lo- 
cated along  the  Arkansas  river,  west  of  the 
State  of  Arkansas.  This  tribe  was  removed 
to  their  present  country,  from  Georgia, 
within  the  memory  of  those  who  are  now 
not  far  past  the  meridian  of  life.  They  were 
very  reluctant  to  remove ;  sorry  to  leave 
their  old  fields  and  orchards,  their  homes 
and  hunting  grounds,  their  council  houses, 

and  the  graves  of  their  kinsmen  and  their 

(7) 


8  SCENES  IN  THE 

braves.  To  this  day,  they  talk  much  of  the 
happy  country  from  which  they  were  driven^ 
as  they  express  it :  they  discourse  about  its 
springs,  and  brooks,  and  rivers ;  its  rich 
soil,  and  abundant  timber;  its  hills  and  val- 
leys, and  genial  climate ;  and  with  it  they 
are  wont  to  contrast,  depreciatingly,  (like 
any  homesick  person,)  the  "  woodless  and 
waterless "  country  in  which  they  are  now 
settled :  nothing  is  equal  to  what  they  had 
in  Georgia ;  the  summers  here  are  hotter, 
the  winters  are  colder,  the  rain  is  wetter, 
the  crops  lighter,  the  game  scarcer,  and  their 
people  are  dying  off  faster  than  ever  was 
known  in  the  "old  nation." 

But;  however  unfavourably  it  may,  in 
their  eyes^  compare  with  the  country  from 
which  they  came,  they  now  have  a  goodly 
land,  if  they  improve,  and  are  disposed  to 
enjoy  it.  They  have  prairie  and  woodland ; 
the  "  openings "  with  their  grassy  carpet 
and  majestic  trees  to  shade  the  grazing  herds, 
and  a  fitting  place  they  are,  also,  for  the 
pensive  Indian    to  roam  in  solitude  and 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  ft 

silence.  They  have  the  "deep  tangled  wild 
wood,"  where  the  earth  never  feels  the  en- 
livening influence  of  the  sunshine,  so  dense 
are  the  tree  tops  with  their  trailing  vines: 
they  have  upland  and  lowland,  rivers  and 
smaller  streams;  so  many,  that  every  family 
of  the  tribe  might,  if  so  disposed,  fix  its 
habitation  on,  or  near  a  stream  of  living 
water.  The  face  of  the  country  is  undulat- 
ing, with  here  and  there  a  ridge  thrown  up, 
and  occasionally  an  isolated  hill. 

When  they  first  came  to  the  west,  they 
settled  on  lands  belonging  to  the  Cherokees. 
From  fear  of  the  wild  Indians  of  the  western 
plains,  of  whom  they  had  heard  frightful 
tales,  they  kept,  for  a  time,  close  to  their 
Cherokee  neighbours.  Then  they  went  over 
upon  tlieir  own  lands,  but  still  continued 
huddled  together  in  the  north  eastern  cor- 
ner of  their  own  territory,  and  as  near  as 
possible  to  Fort  Gibson,  which  is  on  the 
Neosho,  not  far  from  its  confluence  with  the 
Arkansas  and  Yerdigris  rivers.  The  land 
in  that  vicinity  was  nearly  all  occupied  with 


10  SCENES  IN  THE 

their  cornfields ;  but  now,  scarce  a  cabin  re- 
mains tbere ;  young  trees  are  covering 
the  ground ;  the  place  bears  the  name  of 
Tallahassee,  or  old  fields,  and  the  tribe  has 
scattered  about  over  their  wide  territory :  some 
north  along  the  Yerdigris,  some  along  the  Ar- 
kansas, some  south  and  away  to  the  south- 
west, On  the  different  branches  of  the  Cana- 
dian river,  and  some  far  out  on  the  western 
borders,  where  the  buffaloes  still  range,  and 
where  some  enterprising  Creeks  have  estab- 
lished stores,  and  drive  a  profitable  trade 
with  the  wild  tribes. 

Such  as  wish  to  farm,  make  a  clearing  in 
the  heavy  timber,  supposing  that  the  best 
land  is  likely  to  be  where  the  timber  grew  ; 
thus  they  are  protected  from  the  winter's 
winds,  by  that  portion  of  the  forest  which 
still  surrounds  their  field.  Some  erect 
their  cabins  on  the  borders  of  the  groves, 
and  make  a  farm  partly  on  the  prairie,  and 
partly  in  the  clearing. 

It  is  not  an  uncommon  occurrence  to  tear 
down  the  cabin,  and  remove  it  and  the  fences 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  11 

to  another  place,  and  make  new  improve- 
ments ;  some  because  their  old  fields  have 
become  worn  out,  or  too  thickly  seeded  with 
weeds ;  others,  not  to  secure  greater  agricul- 
tural advantages,  but  because  fire  wood  is 
becoming  scarce  in  their  immediate  vicinity ; 
for,  rather  than  go  out  and  cut  wood  and 
"haul"  it  to  the  door,  they  prefer  to  move 
the  house  into  the  midst  of  standing  trees, 
where  they  can  fell  and  burn  them  at  their 
lazy  pleasure.  Some  change  their  location 
in  order  to  get  by  the  side  of  a  better  spring, 
or  to  find  a  better  range  for  their  cattle. 

Many  of  the  Creeks  are  tolerably  good 
farmers,  with  well  fenced  and  well  tended 
fields,  good  horses,  large  herds  of  fine  cattle, 
and  many  hogs.  The  hogs  roam  in  the 
woods  feeding  on  roots  and  nuts,  and  in  the 
winter  are  fed  sparingly  on  corn.  The  cat- 
tle fare  well  during  the  long  summer,  on  the 
luxuriant  grass  of  the  prairies,  and  such  as 
have  provident  owners,  get  a  little  hay  in 
the  winter ;  otherwise  they  must  shift  for 
themselves,  picking   the   sour  grass  of  the 


12  SCENES  IN  THE 

lowlands,  and  browsing  in  the  woods  and 
cane  brakes. 

Now  and  then  we  see  a  small  flock  of 
coarse-wooled  sheep ;  but  it  is  difficult  to 
raise  them,  because  of  the  prairie  wolves 
which  are  numerous  and  troublesome. 

A  majority  of  the  Indians  are,  as  yet,  but 
indifferent  farmers,  and  a  large  class  seem 
to  be  desirous  merely  to  live,  and  to  live 
with  as  little  trouble  as  possible.  You  will 
perceive  who  these  are  if  you  travel  much 
in  the  country ;  their  fields  are  small,  and 
smaller  this  year  than  they  were  the  year 
before ;  for  instead  of  making  new  rails  to 
replace  those  that  were  broken  or  burned^ 
because  there  was  nothing  more  convenient 
to  boil  the  dinner,  they  diminish  the  size  of 
the  lot.  The  ploughing  was  done  too  late, 
and  the  planting  was  not  in  season;  the 
scattering  stalks  of  corn  are  sickly,  and 
yielding  the  ground  to  weeds  that  thrive 
without  care.  Such  men  have  but  little 
stock  ;  but  if  possible,  they  will  keep  one 
pony,   for   there   are   many   gatherings   for 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  13 

amusement,  feasts  and  games,  at  wide  dis- 
tances apart  over  the  country,  which  are 
most  punctually  attended  by  those  who  most 
dislike  labour.  It  is  not  certain,  however, 
that  every  man  that  rides  away  from  home, 
will  ride  back  again  ;  for  the  labour-hating 
are  likely  to  be  the  ivhiskey -loving  people, 
and  the  gamblers  too ;  and  that  one  pony 
may  be  gambled  away  or  pledged  for  li- 
quor. 

VAN  BUREN, 

Our  first  introduction  to  the  Indian  Terri- 
tory, we  may  say,  began  at  Van  Buren,  a 
town  in  Arkansas,  on  the  river  of  the  same 
name,  and  at  the  point  where  it  enters  the 
State  from  the  west.  We  arrived  Saturday 
evening,  and  found  the  place  fall  of  people, 
with  much  noise  and  excitement.  Here 
was  the  residence  of  the  Superintendent  of 
Indian  affairs  for  all  this  portion  of  the  In- 
dian Territory,  and  here  the  courts  are  held, 
and  all  difficulties  which  could  not  be  set- 
tled at  the  agencies  in  the  several  tribes, 

2 


14  SCENES  IN  THE 

and  crimes  of  a  grave  character,  were  re- 
ferred to  the  Superintendent ;  here,  too,  was 
the  jail,  in  which  prisoners  were  lodged.  It 
being  the  time  of  court,  many  Indians  were 
lodging  in  the  town,  or  encamped  around 
in  its  vicinity ;  some  as  principals,  others  as 
witnesses  in  the  various  trials. 

We  noticed  that  some  who  had  been  fel- 
low passengers  with  us  on  the  boat,  and 
who  were  returning  to  their  homes  or  places 
of  trade  in  the  Indian  country,  showed 
symptoms  of  anxiety,  as  they  learned  what 
was  going  on  in  town. 

We  asked  the  cause  of  their  alarm,  and 
they  answered,  "  We'll  have  rows  here,  sir; 
so  many  Indians  together  ;  for  if  there  is  any 
whiskey  within  reach,  they'll  be  sure  to 
scent  it  out,  and  if  they  find  it,  they'll  not 
be  long  in  getting  drunk,  you  may  depend  ; 
and  when  they're  drunk,  they'll  fight  and 
kill:  that's  so."  But  we  enjoyed  a  quiet 
Sabbath,  worshipping  with  God's  people. 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  15 

FOREST  RANGERS  IN  THE  TOWN. 

Daring  the  forenoon  of  Monday  we  were 
looking  about,  and  learning  what  we  could 
of  the  Indian  character  and  habits.  Some 
were  racing  their  ponies  through  the  streets 
for  the  mere  excitement  of  the  thing.  Here 
you  might  see  half  a  dozen  of  swarthy  faced 
young  men,  with  the  long  black  hair  float- 
ing over  their  broad  shoulders,  issue  from  a 
grocery,  unhitch  their  apparently  sleeping 
nags^  spring  upon  their  backs,  and  with  a 
wild  screech  fly  up  the  road  whooping  and 
yelling  till  their  noise  dies  away  in  the  dis- 
tance. We  have  forgotten  them  and  are  oc- 
cupied with  other  scenes,  when  suddenly  in 
an  opposite  direction  we  hear  the  same 
frightful  screeching  and  clattering  of  hoofs, 
then  we  see  the  foaming  horses  plunging 
furiously  towards  us,  and  on  even  to  the 
hitching  rail,  where  they  halt  in  full  career, 
and  the  riders  slide  down  their  sides,  turn 
the  bridle  rein  over  the  pony's  head,  hang 
it  on  the  hitching  peg,  and  lean  themselves 


16  SCENES  m  THE 

against  a  post  or  the  side  of  the  house,  and, 
with  eyes  dropped  upon  the  ground  and  one 
leg  twisted  around  the  other,  they  at  once 
appear  as  listless  and  unconcerned  as  if  they 
were  alone  by  their  own  cabin  in  the  woods. 

We  go  about  among  the  shops.  Here  is  a 
spruce  young  fellow  purchasing  a  hunting 
shirt  of  gay  coloured  calico  with  red  or  yel- 
low fringe,  and  a  beaded  sash  with  long  tas- 
sels: there  an  ambitious  lad  getting  brass 
ornaments  and  flaming  streamers  for  his  bri- 
dle ;  others,  too  poor  to  buy,  yet  examining 
the  gaudy  horse  caparisons  which  are  hung 
about  in  tempting  style.  In  another  shop 
scores  of  men  are  laying  in  supplies  of  pow- 
der, and  lead,  and  percussion  caps  ;  others 
are  examining  and  trying  the  knives,  rifles, 
and  revolvers.  Indian  women  are  chatter- 
ing over  the  shawls,  and  cotton  handkerchiefsj 
and  gaudy  calicoes ;  and  buying  wooden 
pails,  tin  cups,  and  coffee  pots. 

Yonder  is  a  gang  of  men  and  boys  pitch- 
ing quoits ;  and  there  another  arranging  far 
a  foot  race  or  ball  play. 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  17 

THE  UP  RIVER    EXPERIENCE. 

About  noon  we  go  aboard  the  very  little 
steamboat  that  is  to  convey  us  still  on  up  the 
Arkansaw  "  as  far  as  she  can  go  ;"  which,  if 
the  river  does  not  fall  immediately,  will  be 
up  to  the  Old  Creek  Agency ;  and  that  is 
where  we  would  like  to  be  landed,  for  it 
is  near  the  Tallahassa  Mission.  The  officers, 
though  young  men,  are  nevertheless  "  old 
hands"  in  Western  waters  ;  and  before  you 
get  to  your  journey's  end,  if  skilful  in  ques- 
tioning, you  will  have  learned  many  inter- 
esting and  some  thrilling  as  well  as  some 
prosy  facts  relative  to  steamboating  in  these 
fitful  rivers.  They  will  tell  you  how  in  low 
water  all  hands  are  sometimes  compelled  to 
jump  into  the  stream  to  work  the  vessel 
over  a  sand  bar,  and  may  be  they  will  have 
to  "  tote"  the  lading  all  ashore,  and  after 
they  have  passed  the  shoal  to  "  tote"  it  back 
again. 

When  we  came  down  the  river,  we  had  a 

little  experience  in  low  water   navigation. 
2* 


18  SCENES  IN  THE 

la  one  place  we  saw  a  fine  large  steamboat 
away  out  on  a  sand  plain,  and  many  feet 
above  the  channel  we  were  running  in.  She 
had,  it  appeared,  been  running  in  high  water 
and  thought  to  cut  off  a  long  bend  by  shooting 
across  the  bar ;  but  the  river  was  falling  too 
fast,  and  she  found  herself  in  a  place  where 
she  neither  could  get  back  or  forward ;  and 
there  high  and  dry  she  lay  for  months  wait- 
ing another  rise  of  the  river.  "  The  farthest 
way  round  would  have  been  the  shortest  way 
home"  for  her  that  time. 

Of  high  water  boating  we  had  some  exam- 
ples on  our  way  up.  Soon  after  leaving 
Napoleon  we  met  a  flood,  which  the  officers 
declared  was  four  feet  perpendicular  as  we 
met  it.  Certain  it  is,  that  from  a  perfectly 
smooth  surface,  we  passed  at  once  into  a  tur- 
bulent stream,  covered  all  over  with  drift 
wood,  as  though  all  the  old  "  rack  heaps"  in 
the  river  had  suddenly  broken  loose.  Two  men 
were  stationed  at  the  bow  with  poles  and 
hooks  to  look  out  for  the  biggest  logs,  and,  if 
possible,  to  turn  them  to  one  side.     We  ride 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  '  19 

over  logs  and  trees  which  thump  and  jostle 
us  about;  now  a  small  tree  is  caught  in  the 
wheel,  nor  does  it  let  go  without  leaving  its 
mark.  Some  of  the  passengers  say,  "  Cap- 
tain, is  this  quite  safe,  do  you  reckon  V^' 
"Oh,"  he  answers,  "this  is  the  United 
States  mail  boat,  don't  you  kaow  ?  She's 
bound  to  go  through,  sir."  By  and  by  the 
carpenter  reports  a  hole  in  the  bottom,  and 
we  turn  in  towards  the  shore  and  repair. 
In  the  middle  of  the  night  again,  while  near- 
ly all  the  passengers  are  asleep  in  their  berths, 
we  hear  the  engine  bells  ringing  ominously, 
and  soon  we  are  tied  up  to  some  trees  on  the 
bank,  and  the  steam  is  let  off.  We  go  out 
to  learn  what's  the  trouble.  "  Oh,  nothing 
special,"  says  the  mate,  "  only  a  little  bit  of 
a  hole  'bout  as  big  's  yer  head ;  't  will  be 
plugged  in  less  'n  half  an  hour." 

NEAR  SINKING. 

In  our  little  boat  from  Van  Buren  to  Fort 
Gibson  we  still  had  high  water.  At  Fort 
Smith,  where  we  lay  part  of  a  day  taking  in 


20  SCENES  IN  THE 

cargo,  we  narrowly  escaped  a  watery  grave. 
Just  at  night  they  left  the  wharf  to  steam 
around  to  another  landing  which  was  at  the 
mouth  of  a  creek,  and  that  creek  too  was 
high,  and  its  waters  were  rushing  down  so 
impetuously  that  our  craft  could  not  make 
head  against  it,  but  the  current  caught  and 
whirled  her  bow  around  against  some  sharp 
projectinjg  rocks  on  the  shore  with  startling 
force.  The  carpenter  jerked  off  the  hatch- 
way and  jumped  into  the  hold  ;  but  he  jump- 
ed out  as  quick  as  he  jumped  in  ;  and  in  an- 
swer to  the  quick  inquiry  from  the  pilot 
house,  "How  is  it?"  he  shouted  back  in  an 
agitated  manner,  "  She's  taking  water  as  fast 
as  ever  she  can."  The  youthful  captain,  who 
was  himself  at  the  wheel,  did  not  lose  his 
presence  of  mind  ;  but  backed  down  a  little, 
then  with  all  the  steam  that  could  be  let  on, 
he  rushed  her  hard  into  a  cane  brake ;  and 
the  canes  bending  under  and  at  the  sides 
of  the  boat,  helped  to  buoy  her  up,  and  mean- 
time others  were  busy  cramming  bedding 
into  the  holes.     We  lay  there  nearly  all  the 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  21 

night  till  the  damage  was  repaired,  and 
"  better  than  new,"  as  they  insisted.  Had 
we  gone  down  where  we  struck,  there  would 
nothing  have  been  seen,  even  of  the  tops  of 
our  smoke  pipes  ;  so  they  told  us.  Most  of 
the  passengers  would  have  been  glad  to  have 
been  ashore.  Some  went  out  on  the  hurricane 
deck,  and  shouted  long  and  loud  to  anybody 
on  the  land ;  screeched  with  that  Cherokee 
screech.  One  or  two  came  lazily  down  to 
the  water's  edge  and  asked,  "  What's  the 
matter?"  and  when  they  were  told,  they 
coolly  replied,  "  Oh,  is  that  all  ?"  and  as  laz- 
ily they  walked  away. 

WOODING. 

Wooding  along  those  rivers  far  up  the 
country  is  not  the  systematic  and  speedy 
business  that  it  is  where  there  are  woodyards, 
and  men  who  have  ambition  to  chop  and 
haul  the  wood  to  the  river,  and  enterprise 
to  be  on  the  look  out  for  opportunity  to  sell 
it.  When  our  stock  was  getting  low,  all 
hands  were  put  on  the  look  out  for  a  con- 


22  SCENES  IN  THE 

venient  place  to  land,  and  where  there  was 
a  prospect  of  gathering  wood.  Dry  limbs 
were  gathered,  small  trees  were  cut,  and  not 
a  few  rails  from  the  fences  near  the  river 
would  be  tossed  aboard — "Pitch  them  in," 
thej  would  say,  "  pitch  them  in  ;  don't  you 
see  the  bank  is  caving?  They  '11  be  gone  any 
how  pretty  soon,  and  we  might  as  well  save 
them — pitch  them  in." 

FELLOW  PASSENGERS. 

Perhaps  we  are  taking  our  readers  on  too 
fast:  you  may  have  a  curiosity  to  look 
around  amongst  our  passengers  and  see  who 
they  are.  When  we  embarked  at  Yan  Buren 
we  found  quite  a  company  on  board  already  ; 
a  few  white  men,  but  many  Indians,  men 
and  women  ;  and  the  Indians  were  the  lords 
and  ladies.  The  first  day,  at  the  table,  a  fat 
Indian  woman  fixed  herself  in  the  captain's 
seat ;  nor  was  she  asked  to  vacate  it.  All 
helped  themselves  to  what  they  liked. 

The  women  wore  very  small  shawls,  and 
gowns  which  were  not  very  flowing ;  with 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  23 

handkerchiefs  tied  about  the  head  instead 
of  bonnets. 

At  Fort  Smith,  more  people  came  aboard; 
of  whom  some  were  white  traders,  some 
were  Indians,  who  were  merchants  on  a 
small  scale,  and  had  come  down  to  lay  in  a 
stock  of  goods  ;  also  a  few  people  belonging 
to  the  United  States  service. 

Amongst  the  Indians,  there  were  a  few 
petty  chiefs,  two  of  whom  were  very  fat ; 
and  one,  a  very  tall,  and  very  dark  man, 
who  bore  himself  rather  haughtily,  was 
pointed  out  to  us  as  the  third  chief  of  the  Creek 
Nation,  and  brother  to  the  principal  chief, 
and  a  merchant,  and  Baptist  preacher  be- 
sides. 

One  morning,  one  of  the  corpulent  chiefs 
caused  his  companions  much  merriment,  by 
his  ineffectual  efforts  to  contrive  a  way  to 
descend  safely  from  the  upper  berth,  and  at 
length,  whether  as  a  last  resort,  or  by  acci- 
dent, rolling  over  broadside,  down  upon  the 
deck.     This    called   forth  floods   of   jokes, 


24:  SCENES  IN  THE 

which  we  did  not  understand,  with  peals  of 
laughter  long  and  loud. 

From  Little  Rock,  we  had  as  fellow  pas- 
senger, a  nephew  of  the  Cherokee  chief  whom 
I  had  known  once  in  Princeton,  IST.  J.,  where 
he  was  then  attending  school.  Now  he 
seemed  to  be  quite  a  business  man,  having 
his  residence  at  Tallequa,  the  capital  of  the 
Cherokee  nation. 

He  had  hitherto  been  dressed  in  a  genteel 
suit  of  broadcloth,  which  he  was  wearing 
home  from  Philadelphia,  whither  he  had 
been  for  the  purchase  of  goods ;  and  he  had 
been  quite  social  and  communicative  all  the 
way  up  the  river,  until  we  met,  on  board  this 
last  steamer,  amongst  other  Indians.  He 
had  stowed  the  broadcloth  away  in  his 
trunk,  and  appeared  in  his  hunting  shirt, 
and  bead  sash  with  long  tassels,  no  vest,  gay 
slippers,  straw  hat  with  red  ribbon.  He 
would  not  enter  into  any  protracted  conver- 
sation with  the  white  men,  and  seemed  to  be 
extremely  anxious  all  the  time,  lest  possibly 
he  might  become  implicated  in  some  of  the 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  25 

Indians'  little  quarrels.  We  regretted  this, 
for  he  was  an  educated  and  intelli2:ent  man, 
and  we  had  already  drawn  much  valuable 
information  from  him. 

At  Fort  Smith  we  took  on  board  a  sur- 
geon, a  lieutenant,  and  a  sergeant.  The  lat- 
ter had  in  charge  two  soldiers,  who  had  de- 
serted from  Fort  Gibson.  During  the  night 
he  managed  to  let  them  go  again  into  the 
woods  somewhere,  when  the  boat  landed — 
*i»he  did  it  on  purpose" — the  surgeon  said. 

THE  LIEUTENANT. 

lie  was  a  wild,  rollicking  blade;  he  told 
tales  about  the  many  marvellous  things  he 
had  seen  or  done,  during  the  service  in 
Mexico.  What  was  truth,  and  what  was 
fiction,  it  was  hard  to  determine,  and  there- 
fore the  safest  plan  was  to  reject  it  all.  From 
the  companions  gathered  around  him,  and 
from  the  many  bad  words  he  used,  it  was  man- 
ifest that  he  was  not  fit  company  for  decent 
people.  We  observed  that  the  surgeon  had 
Dothing  whatever  to  do  with  him.     But  he 


26  SCENES  IN  THE 

had  a  horse  that  might  be  admired;  a  noble, 
and  well  trained  animal.  When  we  were 
approaching  the  place  where  he  purposed  to 
take  the  land  again,  the  saddle,  bridle,  hol- 
sters, etc.,  were  brought  out  and  adjusted; 
the  boat  ran  in  to  the  shore,  and  prepara- 
tions were  making  to  launch  the  planks  in 
order  to  lead  the  horse  off;  but,  *'No,"  says 
the  lieutenant,  and  touching  his  fingers  to 
the  bridle  rein,  and  a  toe  to  the  stirrup,  he 
vaulted  into  the  saddle,  and  touching  his 
heel  to  the  flanks  of  his  steed,  off  from  the 
deck  he  leaped,  clambered  up  the  steep  bank, 
then  galloped  away  over  the  greensward,  and 
was  soon  out  of  sight  in  the  woods. 

THE  SURGEON. 

He  was  a  polished  gentleman,  and  a 
Christian,  we  trust.  His  speech  was  pure 
and  elegant,  unmixed  with  those  vulgarisms 
which  are  so  easily  acquired  in  the  army, 
and  by  mingling  with  all  kinds  of  people. 
He  was  now  past  the  meridian  of  life,  and 
had  been  in  the  army  constantly,  since  he  had 


INDIAN  COUNTKY.  27 

left  the  schools,  yet  he  retained  all  the  polish 
of  manners,  and  kept  up  his  reading  with  as 
much  zest  as  if  he  had  never  left  his  city 
home.  Through  Florida,  Texas,  Mexico, 
and  the  Indian  country,  he  had  accompanied 
the  troops,  and  had  experienced  the  vicissi- 
tudes and  privations  of  war ;  but  it  had  not 
made  him  coarse  or  negligent.  His  own 
sound,  religious  principles,  the  presence  of 
a  wife  and  daughter,  who  were  his  compan- 
ions when  he  was  not  following  the  army 
into  battle ;  the  presence  too,  of  a  well  se- 
lected library;  served  to  keep  him  up  in  a 
moral  and  social  atmosphere,  which  was 
healthful  and  refining,  while  so  many  around 
him  were  people  of  different  habits,  and  dif- 
ferent tastes. 

He  loved  much  to  talk  of  his  Colonel,  a 
pious  man,  who  was  not  ashamed  of  his  re- 
ligion, and  always  would  have  order  whether 
in  the  cantonment  or  the  camp ;  who  sup- 
pressed improper  indulgences,  and  enforced 
a  decent  observance  of  the  Sabbath.  Many 
of  the  officers,  therefore,  complained  of  him 


23  SCENES  IN  THE 

as  a   bigoted   old   Puritan,  that   could   not 

toleral 

merits. 


tolerate  amongst   his  men    innocent   amuse 


THE  WHITE  INDIAN. 

There  was  a  young  white  man  on  the 
boat,  a  citizen  of  the  Cherokee  nation  ;  for 
any  person  may  become  a  citizen  of  any  of 
these  tribes,  by  marrying  a  native  woman : 
he  can  then  take  up  as  much  land  as  he  is 
able  to  cultivate,  providing  he  does  not  en- 
croach upon  the  prior  claim  of  any  other 
man ;  he  may  raise  cattle,  buy  and  sell,  and 
enjoy  all  the  privileges  of  a  genuine  In- 
dian ;  but  he  is  required  to  attend,  and  con- 
tribute to  the  support  of  all  their  national 
feasts,  and  the  sports  and  games  connected 
with  them,  however  idolatrous  or  immoral 
they  may  be.  If,  at  any  time  he  should 
grow  tired  of  his  wife,  or  of  the  country, 
and  wish  to  remove,  he  must  leave  behind 
all  the  property  which,  as  an  Indian,  he 
claimed.  This  young  man  of  whom  we  are 
speaking,  had  been  well  raised ;  a  tall,  hand- 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  29 

somely  formed  person,  with  a  sparkling  eye, 
and  finely  wrought  features.  He  had  re- 
ceived some  education,  and  had  travelled 
some.  When  not  too  drunk  he  could  con- 
verse pleasantly ;  but,  poor  fellow  I  he  had 
abandoned  himself  to  every  degrading  vice, 
and  had  lent  himself,  with  his  education 
and  fine  talents,  to  the  service  of  the  devil, 
in  leading  the  poor  Indian  into  sin,  and 
teaching  him  forms  of  wickedness  he  had 
not  known  before.  In  gambling  and  drink- 
ing, he  spent  whatever  money  came  into 
his  hands ;  selling  off,  one  after  another,  the 
cattle  and  horses  which  were  the  inheritance 
of  his  wife,  and  staking  at  the  gambling 
table,  the  annuities  which  were  to  come  to 
her  from  the  United  States  government. 

He  was  considerably  intoxicated  when  he 
came  aboard,  though  not  noisy ;  but  there 
was  a  "  Bar "  kept  on  the  boat,  and  be- 
fore long  he  became  more  drunk  and 
more  troublesome ;  ready  to  provoke  a 
quarrel  with  any  one ;  every  now  and  then 
drawing  out  a  frightful  looking  sheath-knife, 

3* 


30  SCENES  IN  THE 

feeling    its   edge,  then    returning    it   to    its 
place  at  his  back,  under  the  hunting  shirt. 

At  length  we  arrived  at  the  landing  where 
we  hoped  to  get  rid  of  him,  and  to  land 
some  stores  which  he  had  purchased  down 
the  river  ;  but  the  captain  refused  to  put 
them  ashore,  till  he  had  found  security  for 
damage  done  to  a  box  of  dry  goods,  which 
he  had  wantonly  tossed  into  the  river  on 
the  way  up,  which  was,  however,  fished  up 
again,  though  well  saturated  with  the  red 
Arkansaw  water. 

RED  MEN. 

One  evening,  as  we  were  nearing  the 
shore  to  gather  wood,  and  to  put  out  a  few 
cases  of  goods  for  a  small  store  back  from  the 
river,  we  had  a  view  of  a  company  of  Chero- 
kees,  with  painted  faces,  feathers  in  their 
hair,  bare  legs,  moccasined  feet,  and  armed 
with  guns  and  knives.  We  were  not  ex- 
pecting to  find  any  of  this  tribe  still  appear- 
ing so  wild  and  savage ;  but  we  subsequently 
learned  that  a  portion  of  the   nation  have 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  31 

always  been  desperately  opposed  to  schools, 
and  to  the  improvements  urged  by  our 
government,  and  by  the  missionaries ;  they 
adhere  to  their  old  customs,  and  strive  to 
train  up  their  children  in  the  same ;  care- 
fully teaching  them  all  their  traditions,  and 
charging  them  not  to  learn  or  adopt  the  re- 
ligion of  the  pale  faces ;  for  it  is  not  to  the 
heaven  of  the  pale  faces,  but  to  the  happy 
hunting  ground  of  the  red  men,  they  should 
wish  to  go. 

THE  PIECE  THAT  WAS  LOST. 

AVe  had  as  passenger,  a  furniture  dealer 
from  Fort  Smith.  Wherever  the  boat  made 
any  long  stop,  he  ran  ashore  to  inform  the 
people  of  the  wares  he  had  for  sale,  and  em- 
ployed others  to  circulate  the  news  further, 
and  to  give  notice  that  the  people  should  be 
ready  when  the  boat  might  return  on  her 
downward  trip.  Just  as  the  word  had  been 
given  this  evening  to  "cast  off,"  and  the 
hurried  strokes  of  the  bell  were  pealing 
through  the  woods,  and  the  people  were  run- 


82  SCENES  IN  THE 

ning  in  on  the  narrow  plank,  an  Indian  wo- 
man came  running,  and  calling,  and  throw- 
ing out  her  arms  like  one  in  great  distress. 
We  waited  to  hear  her  story.  She  was  com- 
ing to  buy  a  bureau,  but  on  the  way  had 
dropped  a  ten  dollar  gold  piece,  and  she 
wanted  help  to  find  it.  The  accommodating 
captain  ordered  the  boat  made  fast  again, 
and  passengers  and  hands  sallied  forth  with 
torches  to  help  the  poor  woman  find  her 
piece  of  money,  and  they  found  it  and  re- 
turned it  to  her;  whereupon  she  was  ex- 
ceedingly rejoiced,  and  it  seemed  so  much 
more  valuable  than  it  did  before,  that  the 
furniture  dealer  was  unable  to  close  a  bar- 
gain with  her. 

Then  some  of  us  thought  of  the  woman  of 
the  parable,  who  lighted  her  candle  and 
swept  the  house,  and  sought  diligently  till 
she  found  the  piece  that  was  lost,  and  then 
called  together  her  neighbours  and  friends 
to  rejoice  with  her:  we  thought  too  of  the 
joy  there  is  in  the  presence  of  the  angels 
of  God  over  one  sinner  that  repenteth  ;  and 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  33 

then  we  thought  of  this  Indian  woman  her- 
self, and  of  those  heathen  red  men,  and  of 
the  work  in  which  the  missionaries  to  this 
people  are  engaged — work  in  which  the  an- 
gels would  love  to  labour — not  to  find  pieces 
of  gold  and  silver;  but  to  win  souls,  over 
whose  salvation  the  angels  may  rejoice. 

WHAT  BOARDING  SCHOOLS  HAVE  DONE. 

On  the  Cherokee  side  of  the  river  I  went 
ashore  one  morning  to  procure,  if  possible, 
a  pitcher  of  milk ;  for  that  was  a  luxury  not 
down  on  the  boat's  bill  of  fare.  "  Follow  up 
that  path,"  said  a  man  on  the  shore,  "  and  it 
will  bring  you  to  a  house  where  they  keep 
it."  So  I  followed  that  winding  footpath 
about  a  quarter  of  a  mile  till  it  brought  me 
in  front  of  a  neat  cottage  of  hewn  logs,  hav- 
ing a  portico  in  front,  vines  running  over 
the  windows,  a  well  cultivated  flower  and 
vegetable  garden.  Within  everything  wag 
clean  and  orderly;  the  lady  was  apparently 
a  full  blooded  Cherokee,  but  genteel  and  easy 
ia  her  manners,  and  speaking  the   English 


84  SCENES  IN  THE 

language  prettily.  She  was  an  educated 
woman,  I  saw  at  once  ;  and  without  fearing 
to  be  thought  impertinent,  I  inquired  where 
she  had  attended  school.  Her  eye  lit  up 
with  emotion,  and  a  grateful,  pleasurable  ex- 
pression passed  over  her  face  as  she  quickly 
answered,  "At  the  Old  Dwight  Mission, 
sir."  I  had  not  time  to  sit  down,  but  yet 
had  time  enough  to  observe  the  appearance 
of  herself,  her  house,  and  her  household : 
and  at  my  leisure  I  could  contrast  this  scene 
with  some  others  which  we  had  witnessed, 
and  could  muse  upon  the  influence  of  Chris- 
tian Missions,  and  of  the  Mission  Boarding 
ScJiools,  especially  in  civilizing  and  refining 
those  who  otherwise  would  still  be  ignorant, 
indolent^  and  without  the  comforts  even  of 
this  life. 

FOKT  COFFEE. 

When  we  came  to  this  place,  which  is  on 
the  Choctaw  side  of  the  river,  it  had  begun 
to  grow  dark  one  evening.  It  was  then  oc- 
cupied as  the  Mission  premises,  and  board- 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  35 

ing  school  under  the  care  of  the  Methodist 
church.  The  buildings  were  old  log  houses 
on  the  top  of  a  bold  bluff,  and  the  river  bends 
itself  around  its  foot.  The  boat  was  bring- 
ing stores  for  the  Mission,  and  her  shrill 
whistle  brought  out  the  teacher,  with  twenty 
or  thirty  Indian  lads,  and  they  came  running 
down  the  hill. 

It  was  a  romantic  spot,  and  a  scene  which 
a  painter  would  love  to  sketch.  The  cone 
shaped  hill  bearing  stately  trees  on  its  sides, 
those  weather  beaten  block  houses  on  its 
summit,  Indian  boys  scattered  here  and  there, 
their  dusky  features  revealed  by  the  torch 
light,  and  the  river  laving  its  rocky  founda- 
tion. That  fort  once  grinning  with  cannon 
th'-ough  its  port  holes;  that  hill  once  brist- 
ling with  infantry,  now  serving  a  better  pur- 
pose, and  now  a  far  better  defence  for  the 
tribe  than  when  armed  men  were  quartered 
there ;  for  now  it  is  fostering  an  army  of 
teachers,  and  men  who  will  be  friends  of 
education  and  religion.  A  military  station 
transformed  into  a  nursery,  for  the  religious 


Sd  SCENES  IN  THE 

training  of  youth  rescued  from  heathenism, 
is  indeed  a  pleasing  sight.  And  may  the 
time  speed  on  when  the  diffusion  of  know- 
ledge, and  the  peaceful  influences  of  the  gos- 
pel of  Christ,  the  Prince  of  peace,  shall  ren- 
der forts  and  standing  armies  unnecessary 
— that  time  which  prophets  have  foretold, 
when — 

"  To  ploughshares  men  shall  beat  their  swords, 
To  pruning  hooks  their  spears." 

FORT  GIBSON. 

It  was  about  daybreak  when  we  drew 
near  to  this  place,  and  our  friend,  the  sur- 
geon, called  us  out  to  enjoy  the  sight  with 
him  :  especially,  he  said,  we  should  embrace 
the  rare  opportunity  now  afforded,  of  look- 
ing into  the  mouths  of  three  rivers  at  the 
same  time.  Straight  before  us  the  Neosho, 
gliding  smoothly  down  from  the  north  ;  the 
Arkansas,  rolling  along  its  turbulent  red 
current,  from  the  west,  a  part  of  which  had 
come  from  the  Rocky  Mountains ;  and  be- 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  37 

tween  the  two,  the    melancholy  Yerdigris, 
with  its  dark  green  waters. 

Our  friend  politely  pointed  out  whatever 
objects  of  interest  there  were  in  sight,  re- 
marking upon  their  beauties,  and  the  charms 
of  that  bright  morning;  "but,"  says  he, 
*'we  are  doing  wrong  in  standing  here  in 
these  river  fogs,  and  the  humid  morning  air; 
we  are  drinking  in  fever  now  at  every 
breath.  I  do  not  allow  myself  to  go  out  in 
the  morning  air,  in  this  warm  damp  coun- 
try, till  the  stomach  is  fortified  by  refresh- 
ment, and  the  air  becomes  dryer." 

THE  VERDIGRIS  LANDING. 

After  spending  a  part  of  the  day  at  Fort 
Gibson,  we  returned  to  the  boat,  to  drop 
down  the  stream  about  two  miles,  and  turn 
up  the  Arkansas  once  more. 

We  steamed  up  this  broad,  logwood  co- 
loured stream,  trying  to  make  the  Old  Creek 
Agency.  But  the  captain,  who  had  been 
narrowly  watching  the  banks,  by  and  by 
gave  the  order  to  turn  about ;    he  saw  that 


38  SCENES  IN  THE 

the  water  was  falling,  and  knowing  that 
these  streams  subside  as  rapidly  as  they  rise, 
he  dreaded  the  thought  of  being  left  aground 
in  these  woods  for  months,  during  the 
hot  summer.  So  back  we  came,  and 
turned  up  the  deep  and  narrow  channel  of 
the  Yerdigris ;  its  high  banks  being  covered 
with  trees,  which  locked  their  great  arms 
together  over  our  heads,  almost  shutting 
out  the  daylight. 

From  Fort  Gibson  word  had  been  sent  to 
the-  Tallahassa  Mission,  and  the  Superin- 
tendent was  at  the  landing  almost  as  soon 
as  we  arrived.  It  was  dark  by  the  time  our 
goods  were  landed,  and  the  ox-wagon  had 
arrived  to  take  the  baggage  and  the  stores 
for  the  Mission.  For  us  there  was  a  little 
buggy,  which  had  already  done  too  much 
service  in  the  States  before  finding  its  way 
into  the  Indian  Territory,  and  before  it  was 
a  little  black  pony.  An  Indian  boy  belong- 
ing to  the  school  was  on  horseback,  and 
ready  to  serve  as  our  guide,  and  so  we 
started ;  our  horse  following  his  through  the 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  39 

bushes  and  over  the  sand  beds,  sometimes  tilt- 
ed to  one  side,  sometimes  to  the  other.  It  was 
late  in  the  night  when  we  arrived  at  the  Mis- 
sion. Such  a  ride  as  that,  with  all  its  at- 
tendant circumstances,  it  being,  moreover, 
the  introduction  to  a  new  country,  and 
to  new  scenes  of  labour,  is  amongst  the 
events  which  are  not  forgotten  during  a  life- 
time. 

TALLAHASSA  MISSION. 

Here  is  a  substantial  brick  building  of 
three  stories  high,  with  a  modest  cupola,  in 
which  is  a  small  bell,  and  which  commands 
a  view  of  the  country  for  many  miles  in 
every  direction.  One  half  of  the  building 
is  the  department  for  the  boys,  the  other 
for  the  girls;  having  a  wide  hall  and  stair- 
case, with  airy  and  commodious  rooms  on 
either  side  in  each  department.  Each  de- 
partment has  its  distinct  yards;  the  dining 
and  recitation  rooms  are  in  common. 

The  orchard,  ganlen,  workshop,  tool-room, 
and  stables,  are  near  ;  and  the  farm  not  far 


40  SCENES  IN  THE 

off.  About  a  quarter  of  a  mile  distant  is  a 
frame  building  for  a  chapel,  and  a  little  dis- 
tance from  this,  the  Mission  burying  ground, 
over  which  many  ancient  oaks  wave  their 
branches  in  solemn  cadence  with  the  moaning 
winds.  Some  that  were  pupils  in  the  school 
lie  buried  there,  and  some  who  once  were  mis- 
sionaries in  that  field,  but  are  now  far  away, 
often  return  thither  in  imagination,  for 
there  is  dust  in  that  ground  that  is  precious 
to  them. 

The  school  building  is  situated  between 
the  Arkansas  and  Verdigris  rivers,  about 
four  or  five  miles  from  each.  From  eighty 
to  a  hundred  Indian  youth,  of  both  sexes, 
are  gathered  here  for  instruction,  and  from 
all  parts  of  the  nation  they  have  come,  for 
it  is  the  school  for  the  whole  nation.  Think 
what  an  influence  such  an  institution  must 
exert ;  once  in  every  three  or  four  years,  a 
body  of  eighty  or  a  hundred  youth  going 
out  through  the  tribe  to  spread  more  widely 
the  leaven  of  the  gospel.  Every  year  some 
are  leaving  the  school,  who  have  been  from 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  41 

two  to  five  years  under  the  tuition  and  guar- 
dianship of  pious  men  and  women,  to  carry  to 
their  homes  and  neio^hbourhoods,  somethinfy, 
at  least,  of  what  they  have  been  learning  by 
precept  and  example;  and  when  they  be- 
come heads  of  families,  to  bring  up  their 
own  children,  not  in  the  way  that  was  prac- 
tised by  their  forefathers,  but  according  as 
they  have  seen  practised  in  Christian  fami- 
lies, and  according  to  the  rules  which  they 
find  in  that  Book  of  books  which  they  have 
learned  to  read,  and  which  some  of  them 
have  learned  to  love. 

KOWETAH  MISSION. 

This  is  eighteen  miles  west  of  Tallahassa, 
in  the  skirts  of  the  timber  which  lines  the 
banks  of  the  Arkansas  river.  The  road 
running  from  Fort  Gibson,  through  Talla- 
hassa, past  this  Mission  house,  and  then 
stretching  on  towards  the  west,  is  the  old 
army  trail.  From  Tallahassa  to  Kowetah, 
it  passes  over  rolling  prairies,  crossing  two 
or  thr  'C  small  streams,  but  which,  powerful 

4* 


42  SCENES  IN  THE 

rains  sometimes  swell  suddenly  to  rivers 
that  cannot  be  forded. 

The  Mission  premises  are  not  in  sig^ht 
from  the  prairie  ;  for  the  farm  was  made  by 
clearing  away  the  forest,  leaving  a  thin  belt 
of  timber  still  standing  between  it  and  the 
prairie. 

The  Mission  house  is  pleasantly  situated. 
Grand  old  forest  trees  stand  there,  in  all 
their  native  pride  and  strength.  The  build- 
ings are  not  at  all  imposing  ;  they  have  not 
any  of  that  look  which  would  lead  one  to  won- 
der if  they  had  been  taken  up  out  of  the 
city,  and  set  down  there ;  but  they  bear  the 
marks  of  having  been  constructed  of  such 
materials  and  with  such  tools  as  were  at 
hand,  far  out  on  the  frontier  ;  they  are  inno- 
cent of  paint,  or  needless  ornament;  but  they 
look  comfortable. 

Let  us  see  if  we  can  set  them  before  you, 
so  that  you  may  be  at  home  with  us  there, 
for  a  little  while. 

There  was  first  a  solid  one-and-a-half 
story  building  of  hewed  logs,  facing  the  east, 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  43 

with  a  wide  hall  and  two  rooms  on  each 
side  of  it.  Afterwards,  as  the  school  in- 
creased, a  two  story  building  was  joined  to 
its  south  end ;  it  was  of  hewed  logs,  and 
weather  boarded  with  clap-boards,  split  out 
of  oak  trees,  and  covered  with  pine  shingles. 
Along  the  front  was  an  open  shed  with  rude 
seats.  On  the  west  side  of  the  old  house 
another  building  was  added.  Of  these 
buildings,  No.  1  was  tte  girls'  department : 
No.  2,  the  boys' :  No.  3,  the  dining-room, 
store-room,  kitchen,  &c.  You  may  think  of 
these  as  in  the  centre  of  a  large  yard,  which 
was  surrounded  by  a  high  rail  fence;  the 
yard,  however,  being  divided  in  the  middle 
by  a  close  picket  fence,  giving  a  separate 
yard  to  each  department,  and  you  must  not 
forget  about  those  noble  trees,  which  were 
very  much  higher  than  the  houses.  And 
now  we  wish  you  to  look  along  the  west 
side  of  the  yard,  and  you  see  a  row  of  little 
cabins.  The  first  was  occupied  by  the  black 
man,  who  was  hired  by  the  month  to  work 
on  the  farm,  and  who  was  also  employed  as 


44:  SCENES  IN  THE 

interpreter.  The  second  was  the  mill-room, 
where  "Uncle  Frank,"  the  blind  negro  man, 
with  an  iron  hand-mill,  ground  all  the  meal 
and  hommony  used  in  the  establishment,  to 
supply  fifty  mouths,  and  the  bread  used 
there  was  principally  of  corn.  (Uncle  Frank's 
own  little  cabin  was  still  west  of  the  mill- 
house,  and  on  the  other  side  of  a  narrow 
lane,  in  which  lane  is  the  "wood  pile.") 
The  third  cabin  in  the  row  was  generally 
reserved  as  a  place  for  lodging  strangers — 
Indian  families  that  wanted  entertainment 
for  the  night.  For  a  time  it  was  occupied 
by  a  young  man  and  his  wife,  who  wished 
to  perfect  himself  in  studies  which  had  been 
broken  off  a  year  or  two  previously.  Be- 
fore his  marriage,  he  had  acquired  a  taste 
for  learning,  and  having  begun  to  drink  at 
this  fountain,  desired  to  drink  still  more. 

Beyond  this  cabin  was  the  smoke-house, 
where  the  bacon  was  hung.  On  further, 
and  down  back  of  all  were  the  stables,  hay 
stacks,  cattle  pens,  &c.  Off  at  the  east,  and 
down  a  little  hill  was  a  spring,  and  over 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  45 

it  the  milk-room.  At  the  north- east  was  a 
capacious  garden,  guarded  by  its  picket 
fence;  the  orchards  at  the  west,  and  the 
fieUls  spread  out  beyond  and  around  ;  and 
there  were  corn  cribs  here  and  there.  And 
thiswasthefarm  with  its  appurtenances,  where 
Indian  boys  learned  how  to  do  all  manner 
o^  out- door  work;  and  there  the  girls  learned 
to  be  good  help-meets  for  educated  Indian 
men,  by  getting  a  knowledge  of  the  method 
of  performing  all  manner  of  in-door  work. 

At  the  south,  and  in  front  of  the  house, 
was  an  open  space,  covered  with  a  green- 
sward ;  in  the  centre  and  most  elevated  point 
of  the  green,  stood  the  chapel,  which  during 
the  week  days  was  also  the  school  house. 
It  had  no  steeple  or  bell;  but  a  hand  bell 
called  the  children  into  the  school ;  and  to 
gather  the  people  from  the  surrounding  cab- 
ins for  public  worship,  a  man  with  strong 
lungs  blew  a  trumpet — a  trumpet  of  the 
most  primitive  kind,  a  long  crooked  horn 
of  an  ox. 


46  SCENES  IN  THE 

East  of  the  Mission  premises  is  a  pretty 
valley ;  and  through  that  valley  glides  a 
stream  of  pure  water  over  a  rocky  bed.  Be- 
yond the  stream  is  undulating  ground  with 
scattering  timber;  and  one  of  the  prettiest 
of  those  knobs  is  enclosed  with  a  fence  :  it 
is  the  Mission  burying  ground ;  and  there 
lie  the  ashes  of  some  of  the  saints.  Some 
who  lie  there  are  the  blessed  dead  who  rest 
from  their  labours,  their  works  following 
them;  and  by  their  side  sleep  some  of 
those  for  whom  they  laboured,  and  who 
will  rise  with  them  in  the  first  resur- 
rection— missionaries  and  those  who,  by 
means  of  their  teaching,  were  turned  to  the 
Lord — teachers  and  pupils  slumber  together 
there  ;  and  Jesus  watches  their  dust. 

We  are  describing  things  as  they  were 
when  we  were  on  the  ground  ;  there  have 
been  changes  since — changes  in  the  internal 
economy,  not  in  the  external  arrangement. 
And  even  if  the  whole  were  changed,  yet 
what  has  been  is  worthy  of  record  as  a  matter 
of  history.     Those  who  have  advanced  up 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  47 

into  the  comfortable  ceiled  house,  love  to 
talk  about  the  first  log  cabin  in  the  woods  ; 

so  let  me  go  on  to  tell  you  about  the 

ORIGIN  OF   THE   KOWETAH  MISSION 

That  little  cabin  No.  2,  now  the  mill-house, 
was  first  erected  by  the  pioneer  missionary, 
who  is  the  present  Superintendent  of  the 
Tallahassa  Mission.  Afterwards  he  brought 
a  wife  to  it,  to  share  his  labours.  In  that 
one  little  cabin  they  taught  a  little  day-school. 
There  they  had  experience  of  many  priva- 
tions, of  some  sorrows  ;  but  yet  of  much  en- 
joyment through  it  all. 

There,  in  that  little  log  cabin,  some  who 
are  now  teachers,  and  interpreters,  and 
church  members,  first  began  to  acquire  that 
education  which  has  rendered  them  useful 
men  and  women  in  their  nation :  there  they 
began  to  learn  respecting  the  way  of  life, 
which  some  are  now  travelling,  and  as  the 
"light  of  the  world  and  salt  of  the  earth," 
are  leading  others  in  the  same  narrow  way. 
Among  those  early  pupils  was,  I  think,  the 


48  SCENES  IN  THE 

boy,  now  the  man  and  ordained  minister, 
who  at  this  present  time  has  charge  of  this 
same  Kowetah  Mission,  and  the  pastoral  care 
of  the  church. 

From  such  records  as  this  we  learn  not 
to  despise  the  day  of  small  things.  Look 
over  the  Annual  Eeports  of  the  Board  of 
Foreign  Missions,  for  the  last  fourteen  or 
fifteen  years,  and  see  to  what  that  Mission  has 
grown,  which  commenced  with  one  man  in 
a  little  lone  cabin.  That  missionary  still  lives 
to  see  the  work  go  on  ;  indeed  most  of  the  im- 
provements at  the  different  stations  have 
been  made  under  his  superintendence,  and 
with  much  of  his  own  manual  labour. 

At  first  the  Creeks  were  hostile  to  schools, 
and  especially  to  Christian  Missions.  For- 
merly missionaries  connected  with  other 
denominations  had  incurred  the  displeasure 
of  the  chiefs,  and  had  been  driven  from  the 
nation.  Therefore,  for  a  long  time  they  had 
been  left  without  schools,  and  without  the 
preaching  of  the  gospel  ;  except  that  there 
were  a  few  Indians  and  Negroes  that  claimed 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  49 

to  be  preachers  ;  but  from  reports  concern- 
ing them,  it  is  to  be  feared  that,  however 
well  meaning  they  may  have  been,  they 
sometimes  darkened  counsel  by  words  with- 
out knowledge. 

Our  church  began  to  be  interested  in  this 
nation  ;  especially  the  Secretary  of  the  Board 
of  Foreign  Missions,  who,  from  his  long  fa- 
miliarity with  public  affairs,  had  learned 
the  history  and  condition  of  the  Indian 
tribes,  and  had  become  ardently  enlisted  in 
every  feasible  plan  for  elevating  them,  both 
in  temporal  and  spiritual  things. 

The  chiefs  of  the  nation  were  met  in 
council,  and  permission  obtained  to  send  a 
man  to  them  on  trial.  Such  a  man  was 
found  who  was  willing  to  undertake  the 
mission.  He  travelled  from  his  home,  in 
Georgia,  to  the  Indian  Territory ;  traversed 
the  country  on  horseback,  was  present  at  a 
council,  was  granted  liberty  to  construct  a 
cabin  ;  and  the  ground  lying  between  two 
streams  that  were  specified,  was  designated 
as  the  Mission  premises,  so  long  as  they  saw 


50  SCENES  IN"  THE 

fit  to  tolerate  the  Mission  at  all.  There  he 
might  have  permission  to  teach  such  children 
and  youth  as  chose  to  come  to  him  ;  and  he 
might  preach  in  his  own  house,  but  nowhere 
else;  and  these  privileges  he  could  enjoy 
only  so  long  as,  in  the  opinion  of  the  chiefs, 
he  behaved  with  propriety.  If  he  trans- 
gressed these  rules,  or  meddled  with  the 
affairs  of  the  nation  to  their  detriment,  he 
must  be  summarily  expelled.  That  was  a 
license  for  one  year  only.  The  missionary 
accordingly  laboured  within  the  limits  pre- 
scribed, and  at  the  termination  of  the  year 
again  went  up  to  the  council,  reported  what 
he  had  been  doing,  and  petitioned  for  a 
wider  field  in  which  to  preach.  This  was 
unhesitatingly  granted,  for  he  had  won  the 
entire  confidence  of  the  people,  and  disarmed 
the  fears  of  the  chiefs ;  and  now,  on  their 
part,  they  requested  him  to  send  to  the 
States  for  more  men  just  like  him^  with  a 
special  reference  to  the  enlarging  of  the 
school,  that  educational  advantages  might 
be  more  extensively  enjoyed. 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  51 

In  a  short  time  he  was  allowed  to  go  any- 
where in  the  nation,  preaching  the  gospel  ; 
and  at  the  present  time,  our  missionaries 
and  native  preachers  may  travel,  and  hold 
meetings,  from  the  eastern  limits  of  the 
tribe,  to  the  westward  as  far  as  the  people 
have  carried  their  settlements,  and  from  the 
boundary  which  divides  between  them  and 
the  Cherokees  on  the  north,  to  the  country 
of  the  Choctaws  on  the  south.  Therefore, 
again  there  is  occasion  to  remark,  "  Despise 
not  the  day  of  small  things."  This  little 
scrap  of  history  also  suggests  the  necessity 
there  is  for  prudence  on  the  part  of  the  mis- 
sionary. The  want  of  prudence  caused  the 
expulsion  of  missionaries,  who  already  had 
a  foothold  on  what  seemed  solid  ground, 
and  nothing  but  the  exercise  of  great  pru- 
dence could  gain  a  new  standing-place  on 
precarious  ground.  "Be  ye  wise  as  serpents, 
and  harmless  as  doves,"  is  a  part  of  the 
charge  which  the  Author  of  Missions  gave  to 
bis  first  missionaries,  and  it  is  needed  now 
quite  as  much  as  then. 


52  SCENES  IN  THE 

THE  AFRICAN  INTERPRETER. 

As  we  have  not  undertaken  to  give  a  mi- 
nute and  formal  history  of  the  Mission,  we 
may  be  allowed  to  describe  scenes,  and  relate 
events  as  they  occur  to  us,  and  as  we  have 
spoken  of  a  small  cabin  in  the  south- west 
corner  of  the  yard,  we  will  expend  a  few 
words  in  speaking  of  the  person  that  occu- 
pied it.  It  seems  that  missionaries  to  the 
aboriginal  tribes  of  this  country  have  beea 
accustomed  to  preach  to  them  through  in- 
terpreters, which  is  not  the  casein  other  for- 
eign missions;  and  missionaries  who  learn  the 
language  of  the  people  to  whom  they  are 
sent,  have  greatly  the  advantage  over  those 
who  do  not  become  familiar  with  the  lan- 
guage of  the  people  to  whom  they  go,  as 
Christ's  ambassadors.  Since,  however,  mis- 
sionaries to  the  Indians  make  much  use  of 
interpreters,  it  may  not  be  unacceptable  to 
the  reader  to  hear  a  little  about  them.  Well, 
one  of  our  stated  interpreters  at  the  Kowe- 
tah  Mission,  was  Robin,  a  negro,  and  he  oc- 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  58 

cupied  tlie  cabin  in  the  corner.  Eobin  was 
also  a  man  of  all  work,  and  very  *•  handy  " 
at  repairing  tools,  and  preparing  many  little 
"make  shifts,"  which  cannot  be  obtained  in 
that  far  off  country,  except  by  making. 
Within,  his  cabin  was  like  a  boatswain's 
locker,  having  a  great  many  things,  but  all 
in  confusion.  Under  the  window  was  the 
tool  chest,  which  served  also  for  a  seat,  and 
sometimes  for  a  table  ;  there  was  a  stool,  and 
one  chair  with  a  piece  of  green  cowhide, 
with  the  hair  still  on,  drawn  on  it  for  a  seat. 
Hanging  about,  you  see  scraps  of  old  har- 
ness, buckles,  spurs  ;  and  there  are  hatchets 
and  hoes,  axe-helves,  broom-handles  and 
brooms,  and  some  of  these  in  process  of  con- 
struction ;  for  this  man  occupies  himself  at 
such  labour  in  the  evening,  by  way  of  over- 
work, to  earn  pocket  money  for  himself.  At 
the  side  of  the  room,  opposite  the  great  fire- 
place, is  the  low  bedstead,  constructed  of 
poles,  the  ends  of  which  are  made  fast  in 
the  logs  ;  but  it  is  not  always  occupied,  for 
Robin  often  sleeps  on  the  floor :  in  the  sum- 


54  SCENES  IN  THE 

mer  to  escape  the  mosquitoes,  which  he 
fancies  are  not  so  numerous  close  to  the 
floor  as  a  little  above  it,  and  in  the  winter, 
because  then  he  may  roll  himself  in  blankets, 
not  excepting  the  head,  and  place  his  feet 
close  to  the  fire,  and  thus  keep  warmer  than 
in  any  other  way. 

He  was  fond  of  talking,  and  once  in  a 
while  we  would  listen  to  an  old  legend  or 
tradition,  as  we  were  riding  together,  on 
our  long  missionary  excursions.  Some  re- 
ference had  been  made  once,  to  the  colour  of 
the  people  of  different  nations,  and  the  ques- 
tion was  started  as  to  what  may  have  been 
the  original  colour ;  when  he  repeated  the 
old  Indian  tradition  of  the  three  men  who 
originally  were  all  black.  They  came  to  a 
stream  of  water,  and  one  of  them  washed  in 
it,  and  came  out  entirely  white,  and  he  was 
the  father  of  the  white  race.  The  second 
washed  in  the  now  turbid  water,  and  came 
out  only  partially  white,  and  he  was  the 
father  of  the  red  men.  The  third,  seeing 
the  water  already  too  black,  did  not  wash 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  Si 

at  all,  except  to  touch  the  palms  of  his 
hands,  and  the  soles  of  his  feet,  therefore  he 
remained  black,  as  do  all  the  Negroes,  his 
posterity,  to  this  day. 

Then  he  repeated  that  other  old  story,  by 
which  they  account  for  the  diversity  of 
tastes  and  employments,  which  tradition 
many  of  the  Indians  firmly  believe,  and 
many  likewise  believe  that  the  habits  of  the 
different  races,  and  their  social  position,  are 
so  firmly  and  unalterably  fixed,  that  it  is 
useless  to  think  of  changing  them. 

The  legend  is,  that  those  three  men  whose 
colour  had  become  fixed,  as  above  related, 
again  started  on  their  journey  together,  and 
travelled  till  they  came  to  a  place  in  which 
the  Great  Spirit  had  deposited  a  great  va- 
riety of  articles,  arranged  in  three  separate 
parcels.  In  one  were  books,  maps,  pens 
and  paper,  etc.,  and  the  white  man  chose 
these.  In  the  second  were  bows  and  arrows, 
beads  and  feathers,  and  the  like,  and  the  red 
man  caught  up  these ;  and  there  was  nothing 
left  for  the  poor  black  man  but  the  spades, 


66  SCENES  IN  THE 

and  hoes,  and  grubbing  tools.  Therefore, 
in  some  instances,  when  we  urge  upon  the 
Indians  the  advantages  of  education,  and 
the  importance  of  sending  their  children  to 
school,  they  answer,  "  Oh,  learning  is  for 
you  white  people  ;  the  books  were  given  to 
you  ;  but  to  us  the  bow  and  arrow ;  there- 
fore the  Great  Spirit  does  not  desire  us  to 
change  our  mode  of  living." 

Though  it  may  be  interesting  to  be  able 
to  trace  here  a  tradition  respecting  Shem, 
Ham,  and  Japheth,  and  to  wonder  how  far 
back  it  had  its  origin ;  yet  it  is  humiliating 
to  reflect  that  there  are  people  so  near  us 
who  still  repeat  over  such  stories,  and  teach 
them  to  their  children  for  solid  history;  and 
who  by  means  of  them  encourage  themselves 
to  continue  in  ignorance,  and  to  neglect  the 
means  of  elevation  which  are  offered  them. 

But  our  interpreter  was  able  to  converse  on 
other  subjects;  and  during  our  long  rides 
we  learned  many  facts  concerning  the  coun- 
try, and  the  habits  of  the  people,  their  civil 
polity,  and  religious  superstitions ;  as  well 


INDIAN-  COUNTRY.  67 

as  many  things  relating  to  the  extent  and 
influence  of  Christianity  amongst  the  Indians. 

The  missionary  and  his  interpreter  soon 
get  to  un(lerstan(]  each  other  ;  they  warm 
up  together,  and  one  seems  to  stimulate  the 
other,  the  interpreter  becoming  apparently 
as  much  interested  in  the  subject  as  the 
preacher  himself. 

After  a  few  years  of  such  service  the  inter- 
preters become  well  stocked  with  Theological 
and  Biblical  learning;  and,  if  they  are  pious 
men  they  are   prepared  to  be  very    useful. 

This  man,  of  whom  we  have  been  speak- 
ing, thought  he  would  be  able  to  repeat,  entire, 
many  sermons  that  he  had  interpreted,  and 
in  which  he  had  become  especially  interested : 
indeed  this,  he  said,  was  the  way  in  which 
lie  occupied  himself  in  his  lonely  hours. 
One  of  the  ladies  once  asked  him  how  he 
amused  himself  in  his  long  rides  over  the 
prairie;  for  every  other  Saturday  he  rode, 
on  his  own  pony,  away  several  miles  to 
spend  the  day  with  his  wife.  He  an- 
swered, "  Why,  ma'am,  some  of  the  way  I 


00  SCENES  IN  THE 

sings,  and  some  of  the  way  I  prays,  and  some 
of  the  way  I  preaches."  "Preach,  Robin! 
and  to  whom  do  you  preach  ?"  she  asked. 
*'  Oh,  to  myself,  ma'am." 

UNCLE  FRANK. 

This  was  the  black  man,  whose  quarters 
were  in  the  rear  of  the  mill-house,  and  who 
ground  the  meal.  He  was  entirely  blind ; 
had  once  been  a  bondman,  was  now  free; 
and,  what  was  better  than  all,  he  gave  good 
evidence  of  being  one  of  the  Lord's  freemen. 

He  kept  hissnuglittle  room  in  good  order, 
neater  than  some  do  who  have  both  their 
eyes.  He  chopped  his  own  wood  ;  and  some- 
times we  found  him  engaged  in  mending  his 
clothes,  which  he  chose  to  do  rather  than  to 
be  the  occasion  of  unnecessary  trouble  to 
others.  With  his  cane  he  felt  his  way 
around :  scarce  ever  was  he  absent  from  the 
religious  meetings,  or  from  the  morning  and 
evening  worship.  He  was  always  devout, 
and  always  cheerful.  God's  ways,  he  said, 
were  all  right  and  merciful  too.     Occasion- 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  59 

ally  we  went  to  spend  a  few  minutes  with 
him,  as  he  stood  at  his  work,  or  sat  in  his 
door  after  the  day's  work  was  done,  to  bear 
him  tell  of  what  the  Lord  had  done  f^r  his 
soul.  He  was  wont  to  say  that  he  never 
could  express  all  his  thankfulness  to  God  for 
ever  permitting  him  to  hear  the  gospel,  and 
for  causing  him  to  see  what  a  sinner  he  was, 
and  what  danger  he  was  in  ;  and  then  to  see 
Jesus  and  to  trust  in  him  as  the  Lamb  of 
God  that  taketh  away  sin.  "  And  still" — 
he  would  go  on  to  say — "still  the  good  Lord 
is  taking  care  of  me  so  well ;  giving  me  so 
good  a  home,  and  causing  people  to  be  so 
kind  to  me,  a  poor  old  black  man,  and  blind, 
without  money,  relatives,  or  home  of  my 
own."  Now  his  wants  were  all  supplied, 
even  better  than  many  that  were  not  blind ; 
and  for  himself  he  was  happier  than  he  was 
years  ago  when  he  could  see  ;  for  now  he 
had  such  charming  seasons  of  prayer  :  it 
seemed  to  him  that  in  prayer  he  was  very 
near  to  God,  and  did  really  talk  with  him  : 
and  now,  oh,  how  he  loved  to  think  over  what 


60  SCENES  IN  THE 

he  had  heard  read  out  of  the  Bible  I  "  Oh  that 
delightful  book,  sir !"  he  would  say.  "  Strange 
it  is,  sir,  that  we  seem  to  hear  it  like  a  new 
book  every  time,  and  to  get  some  fresh  light 
from  it  every  time !  Does  it  seem  so  to  you, 
sir,  when  you  read  it?  or  have  you  learned 
it  to  the  bottom  ?"  Often  he  would  come  to 
the  rooms  of  the  missionaries,  and  modestly 

inquire,    "Is  Mr. or  Mrs. or  is 

Miss at   leisure  for  a  few   minutes?" 

"  Yes,  al  ways  at  leisure  to  serve  Uncle  Frank ; 
and  what  wSl  you  have?"  would  be  the  re- 
ply. "  Well,  if  you  please,"  he  would  say, 
"  I  would  be  so  much  obliged  if  you  would 
read  to  me  a  few  verses."  So  the  Bible,  or 
some  good  book  is  opened,  and  a  few  passa- 
ges read,  with  now  and  then  a  few  comments, 
and  Frank  says,  "  Oh  that  is  beautiful !  thank 
you.  I  am  indeed. very  much  obliged."  And 
he  goes  back  to  his  work,  or  to  his  room 
to  ruminate,  and  study  upon  what  he  has 
heard,  and  to  employ  himself  in  prayer;  for 
there  is  evidence  that  he  is  a  man  of  prayer, 
and  that  he  prays  for  blessings  on  those  who 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  61 

consider  his  infirmities,  and  do  not  despise 
his  ignorance;  and  he  prays  too  for  bless- 
ings on  those  good  people  in  the  States  who 
give  money  to  support  missionaries  and 
schools  amongst  the  Indians;  that  the  mer- 
ciful may  obtain  mercy,  that  the  liberal  soul 
may  be  made  fat. 

As  he  goes  out,  and  gropes  his  way  through 
the  pitchy  darkness — for  every-where,  by 
day  or  by  night,  it  is  dark  to  him — the  mis- 
sionary says  to  himself,  "  Happy  man  !  God 
bless  and  comfort  him  ever !  May  the  eyes 
of  his  understanding  be  more  and  more  en- 
lightened, though  his  eyes  are  dark  ;"  and  im- 
mediately he  turns  to  other  duties,  and  perhaps 
thinks  no  more  of  what  he  has  done;  but  He 
who  says,  "  I  know  thy  works,  and  thy  la- 
bour, and  thy  patience,"  has  seen  it.  Deeds 
like  this  done  for  Christ's  disciples,  if  per- 
formed with  a  right  spirit,  shall  not  fail  of 
their  reward  :  and  every  person  may  find 
some  such  work  to  do — ^some  opportunity 
to  give  a  cup  of  cold  water  in  the  name  of 
a  disciple. 

6 


62  SCENES  IN  THE 

THE  SCHOOL. 

The  regular  study  hours  are  from  nine  to 
twelve,  and  from  one  till  four;  and  often 
parts  of  the  evening  are  employed  in  giving 
additional  instruction  to  some  of  the  advanced 
classes ;  or  in  familiar  lectures  to  the  whole 
school,  to  enlighten  them  in  general  know- 
ledge. 

Before  and  after  school  hours,  the  pupils 
separate  into  different  companies  for  work. 
Some  of  the  boys  with  their  axes  repair  to 
the  wood  pile,  others  with  hoes  are  put  to 
work  in  the  field.  Among  such  a  number 
of  boys  just  out  of  school,  it  would  not  be 
surprising  if  there  were  more  inclination  to 
play  than  labour:  indeed  the  man  who  is 
with  them  has  his  patience  tried  no  little ; 
but  if  he  manages  them  skilfully  he  will  get 
some  work  done ;  but  what  is  better,  and 
which  in  fact  is  the  chief  object  in  putting 
the  pupils  to  manual  labour,  he  may  teach 
them  how  different  kinds  of  work  should  be 
done  ;  and  by  engaging  with  them  himself 
they  see  that  he  is  not  above  labour :  also 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  63 

during  the  hours  in  which  he  is  with  them 
in  the  field  he  has  opportunity  for  dropping 
many  useful  hints,  and  directing  their  minds 
to  the  various  objects  around  them  which 
manifest  the  power,  wisdom,  and  goodness 
of  the  Creator  and  Preserver  of  all  things. 

In  the  larger  missions  there  is  one  who 
manages  the  temporal  affairs  of  the  establish- 
ment, and  who  takes  charge  of  the  boys 
when  out  of  school ;  laying  out  their  work, 
and  directing  and  encouraging  them  in  it. 
He  is  sometimes  denominated  the  Steward 
and  Farmer. 

Suppose  we  attempt  to  draw  a  sketch  of 
him  and  of  his  charge,  as  clearly  as  we  can, 
and  we  will  call  him 

THE  FARMER  MISSIONARY. 

Missionary  operations  amongst  the  In- 
dians are  conducted  differently,  in  some 
respects,  from  the  missions  in  India,  China^ 
and  Africa.  Here  the  manual  labour  board- 
ing-schools are  a  very  important  auxiliary 
in  the  work;  and  to  conduct  these  success- 


64:  SCENES  IN  THE 

fully,  there  should  be  a  number  of  mission- 
aries who  oversee  different  departments. 

For  example,  at  one  station  there  is  a 
superintendent,  who  is  also  the  chaplain  ;  a 
teacher  and  two  assistants  ;  a  farmer,  who  is 
also  steward;  a  lady,  who  has  care  of  the 
domestic  apartment;  another  who  has  charge 
of  the  girls  out  of  school,  and  teaches  them 
in  needle-work  and  other  branches  of  indus- 
try proper  for  their  sex  ;  and  a  lady  who  has 
charge  of  the  boys'  clothes. 

These  are  all  missionaries  ;  but  just  now  we 
are  to  tell  you  something  about  the  farmer. 
There  are,  perhaps,  some  that  might  look 
upon  this  as  not  the  most  honourable  part  of 
missionary  labour;  but,  let  us  inquire  what 
he  does,  and  what  his  influence  is  likely  to 
be,  and  what  portion  of  the  time  he  has  the 
boys  with  him.  We  expect,  of  course,  that 
he  is  a  man  of  a  good  English  education,  of 
a  strong  mind,  good  common  sense,  of  some 
experience,  an  enterprising  man,  and  an 
active  Christian.  This  man  is  with  the 
hoys   of  the    boarding-school,  four  or   five 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  65 

hours  each  day,  teaching  them  the  various 
kinds  of  work  which  farmers  have  to  do. 

The  Indians,  you  know,  have  been  rovers 
in  former  times,  living  by  hunting,  fishing, 
or  begging,  and  sometimes  by  plunder,  and 
on  such  corn  and  beans  as  their  women 
could  cultivate ;  for  the  men  considered  it 
dishonourable  to  work  in  the  fields.  There 
was  no  hope  of  civilizing  these  tribes  unless 
they  could  be  induced  to  abandon  their  mi- 
gratory habits,  and  settle  down  as  farmers 
or  herdsmen ;  and  the  most  effectual  means 
for  bringing  about  such  a  result,  has  been 
found  to  be  the  Mission  boarding-school ; 
and  in  this  work,  as  you  at  once  perceive,  a 
practical  farmer  is  needed.  Not  merely  a 
man  who  has  the  theory  of  farming,  nor  one 
who  is  wanting  in  the  needful  muscle,  or 
the  disposition  to  labour  which  is  found  in 
a  practical  farmer  ;  but  he  should  be  a  man 
that  can  take  hold  and  do  the  work;  or,  in 
farmers'  phrase,  not  one  that  would  say,  "Go, 
boys,"  but,  "  Come,  boys."  One  to  go  ahead, 


66  SCENES  IX  THE 

both   encouraging    the   lads,    and   showing 
them  how  the  thing  is  to  be  done. 

Thus,  putting  his  own  hand  to  the  work, 
or  laying  his  own  shoulder  to  the  wlieel,  he 
diornifies  labour  in  the  eves  of  the  Indian 
youth ;  they  will  not  be  ashamed  or  afraid 
to  undertake  anything  the  missionary  can 
do.  In  the  field  he  teaches  the  boys  the 
practical  part  of  ploughing,  planting,  and 
tending  crops,  with  remarks  as  to  the  best 
time,  and  best  mode  of  doing  the  same;  and 
how  to  do  this,  and  that,  and  a  hundred 
other  things,  that  we  cannot  now  mention, 
and  which  are  not  likely  to  be  thought  of, 
only  as  they  occur.  For  instance,  the  plough- 
handles  break.  What  is  to  be  done  ?  The 
farmer  says,  *'  What's  to  be  done  now,  boys  ?" 
''  I  don't  know,"  says  one.  "  I  don't  know," 
says  another.  "Beckon  we  can't  plough 
any  more,"  says  a  third.  "Shall  have  to 
buy  a  new  plough,"  is  the  verdict  of  the 
fourth.  But  the  farmer  says,  "  Come  with 
me."  So  he  gets  an  axe,  and  they  go  to  the 
woods.     "  What   sort   of    timber   must   we 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  67 

cut?"  "I  don't  know,"  they  all  say.  So 
he  tells  them  what  to  get.  Then  he  cuts 
and  hews ;  and  goes  to  the  tool-box,  and 
selects  the  proper  tools,  and  before  long  the 
handles  are  worked,  and  fitted,  and  the 
plough  is  ready  to  go  to  the  field  again. 
Perhaps,  a  great  many  years  afterwards, 
when  these  boys  become  men,  and  have 
farms,  they  may  break  plough  handles,  or 
some  other  farming  implements,  and  they 

will    remember    how   Mr. did   when 

tliey  were  "at  the  Mission,"  and  they  are 
able  to  go  to  work  and  mend  what  they 
break,  or  make  new  articles  that  they  may 
require. 

The  farmer  missionary  has  the  best  of 
opportunities  for  dropping  here  a  word  of 
counsel,  and  there  a  word  of  instruction  ;  or 
of  enforcing  or  illustrating  what  they  have 
learned  in  school,  or  in  the  sermon  of  the 
previous  Sabbath;  and  these  lessons  will, 
doubtless,  be  remembered  longer,  or  at  least, 
as  long  as  any  others  they  receive. 

Children  that  have  been  reared  on  a  farm, 


68  SCENES  IN  THE 

and  have  had  pious  fathers,  will  remember 
how  these  fathers  conversed  with  them  in 
the  field  day  after  day,  beguiling  the  hours, 
and  rendering  labour  easier;  and  they  will 
be  reminded  of  the  great  amount  of  know- 
ledge which  they  acquired  in  those  days, 
almost  unconsciously.  They  will  remember 
how  they  used  to  have  illustrated  to  them 
the  parable  of  the  sower ;  the  tares  and  the 
wheat ;  the  wheat  and  the  chaff;  the  barren 
tree  ;  and  the  things  in  the  spiritual  world, 
which,  are  represented  by  breaking  up  of  fal- 
low ground,  and  the  influences  of  the  Spirit 
on  the  heart,  like  the  sun  and  the  rain  on  the 
fields.  Well,  now,  you  who  remember  with 
pleasure  these  things,  and  who  venerate  the 
memory  of  those  godly  fathers,  just  think 
of  the  farmer  missionary  as  the  father,  if  you 
please,  of  such  a  family  of  boys,  embryo 
farmers — large  families,  it  is  true  ;  for  some 
have  twenty,  some  forty,  and  some  even  one 
hundred  boys  to  look  after.  He  will  be  re- 
membered  by  these  boys  as  long  as  they 
live ;  by  many  he  will  be  loved,  something, 


INDIAN-  COUNTRY.  69 

perhaps,  as  you  remember  a  parent,  and 
some,  very  likely,  may  remember  him  as 
the  means,  more  than  any  other  person,  of 
their  conversion. 

FEMALE  DEPARTMENT. 

The  girls,  when  out  of  school,  are  likewise 
appointed  to  their  several  tasks,  or  divisions 
of  labour  for  the  week;  and  the  week  follow- 
ing a  change  is  made,  so  that  all  in  turn  are 
engaged  in  the  different  branches  of  domestic 
economy,  having  the  ladies  of  the  mission  to 
direct  them.  Those  ladies  have  to  do  more 
than  to  oversee  them  ;  they  have  to  put  their 
own  hands  to  the  work,  in  order  to  show 
how  it  is  to  be  done.  Amongst  the  Indian 
girls  there  are  spirits  hard  to  manage — diffi- 
cult to  tame:  not  unfrequently  there  is  a 
case  of  "desertion" — a  pupil  broke  loose 
from  school,  and  escaped  to  its  home.  Un- 
tutored Indian  children  are  not  to  be  recon- 
ciled at  once  to  the  dull  routine  of  school, 
and  the  stately  uniformity  of  a  well  ordered 
household :    it  is  a   great  change  from  the 


70  SCENES  IN  THE 

free  and  indolent  life  to  wliicli  tliey  had  been 
accustomed. 

There  were  two  little  creatures — brother 
and  sister.  When  brought  to  the  Mission 
they  were  as  shy  as  young  partridges ;  and 
many  was  the  time  that  they  ran  away. 
As  soon  as  they  were  missed,  a  messenger 
would  be  posted  after  them.  Their  quick 
ears,  however,  would  hear  the  sound  of  ap- 
proaching footsteps,  and  they  would  turn  aside 
and  skulk  in  the  bushes  till  the  messenger 
had  passed ;  and  when,  not  finding  them  at 
home,  he  turns  back  thinking  that  certainly 
he  must  meet  them  on  his  return,  they, 
being  quicker  to  hear  than  he  to  see, 
would  again  elude  him ;  and  perhaps  for  se- 
veral days  they  would  avoid  being  caught. 

One  morning  two  little  girls  were  missing. 
They  had  been  at  the  Mission  a  long  time, 
and  seemed  contented  ;  their  homes  were  far 
off,  and  they  had  no  relatives  near  at  hand  : 
they  were  not  to  be  found  anywhere  in  the 
neighbourhood :  we  only  knew  that  they 
were   gone,  and   had   taken   some  of  their 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  71 

clothes  with  them.  It  was  afterwards  learn- 
ed that  those  two  little  girls,  with  no  other 
company,  had  arisen  sometime  in  the  night, 
crept  softly  from  the  house,  and  carrying 
their  bundles,  had  travelled  eighteen  miles 
through  the  dark  woods  and  over  the  soli- 
tary prairie. 

HOW   THEY   WORK. 

Yisit  one  of  those  Mission  boarding- 
schools,  and  if  it  is  in  the  morning  or  even- 
ing, you  would  think  it  a  very  busy  place. 
About  the  kitchen  and  dining  room  you  see 
some  of  the  girls  assisting  in  cooking,  others 
in  preparing  the  tables ;  some  are  at  the 
milk-room  ;  others  in  the  clothes  room,  some 
making  or  mending  clothes,  others  ironing 
folding  and  laying  them  away — each  child's 
garments  in  its  own  particular  place;  some  are 
pounding  corn  in  great  wooden  mortars,  and 
others  are  cleaning  it  with  such  fans  as  the 
ancients  in  eastern  countries  used  for  winnow- 
ing grain  ;  this  corn  is  for  sofky^  and  "  large 
hommony."    If  it  is  Monday  forenoon,  many^ 


72  SCENES  IN  THE 

of  the  girls  are  earnestly  and  cheerfully  at 
work  in  the  wash-room. 

THEIR  RECREATIONS. 

It  is  not  "all  work  and  no  play"  at  these 
schools.  Suitable  and  healthful  recreations 
are  encouraged..  Some  portion  of  the  time 
every  day  is  theirs  to  use  as  they  please ; 
and  it  is  pleasant  and  exhilarating  even 
to  see  and  hear  them  stretching  their 
muscles  and  expanding  their  lungs  in  their 
sports ;  some  of  which  we  see  practised  by 
children  in  the  States,  and  some  of  which  we 
never  witnessed  except  amongst  the  Indian 
children.  On  the  holidays,  or  half-holidays, 
the  girls  may  be  seen  in  groups  gathering 
wild  flowers,  resorting  to  the  river's  bank,  or 
making  little  visits  to  young  friends  that 
reside  near.  Some  of  the  older  girls  im- 
prove the  time  in  writing  compositions,  or 
in  getting  instruction  from  the  ladies  in 
fancy-work. 

The  boys  occasionally  go  out  gathering 
berries  or  nuts ;  or  they  go  a  hunting — not 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  73 

with  fire-arms,  but  with  sticks  and  dogs. 
An  Indian  boj  would  run  down  a  rabbit 
without  any  trouble.  Often  on  a  moon-light 
night  would  be  an  application  for  permission 
to  go  and  hunt  racoons  and  opossums  ;  but 
generally  they  brought  in  more  polecats 
than  racoons. 

The  half  day  of  the  hunt  was  sometimes 
followed  with  an  eveningof  feasting,  in  hunts- 
man's style. 

It  was  a  picturesque  scene,  that  frolick- 
some  company  of  Indian  boys  around  their 
fire,  which  was  kindled  on  the  ground  at  a 
safe  distance  from  the  house,  dressing  and 
barbacuing  their  game,  and  eating  it,  to- 
gether with  potatoes  roasted  in  the  ashes. 

Singing  was  an  exercise  much  practised 
by  the  children,  and  in  which  they  took 
great  delight.  We  always  had  good  music 
in  our  public  and  family  worship,  for  all  the 
pupils  joined  in  the  song,  making  melody. 

They  had  also  their  own  little  concerts  of 
singing.  It  was  not  uncommon  of  a  summer 
evening  for  the  boys  to  gather  in  their  ve- 


74  SCENES  IN  THE 

randah,  and  tlie  girls  in  their  wide  hall  or 
under  the  spreading  oaks,  and  the  notes  of 
sacred  song  with  hymns  of  devotion,  would 
rise  and  swell  upon  the  evening  air;  and,  as 
we  were  wont  to  fancy,  rising  through  the 
tree  tops,  and  floating  upward  to  the  skies. 
Such,  we  doubt  not,  was  the  case  with  the 
praises  uttered  by  some  of  those  once  hea- 
then children,  for  there  were  amongst  them 
those,  we  trust,  who  sung  with  the  spirit, 
and  with  the  understanding  also. 

We  will  suppose  that,  wearied  with  the 
multifarious  duties  of  the  day,  you  have  re- 
tired to  your  room  to  enjoy  a  quiet  hour  in 
reading  or  writing,  when  gently  stealing  on 
your  ear,  comes  the  soothing  sound  of  sacred 
melody,  and  willingly  you  lay  down  that 
book  or  pen,  and  listen  to  the  soft  music  of 
twenty  youthful  voices,  and  your  own  soul 
seems  to  be  wafted,  as  it  were,  on  the  wings 
of  their  sono^  to  that 


-happy  land, 


Far,  far  away, 
of  which  they  are  singing. 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  75 

The  hymn  is  ended,  and  the  last  notes 
have  died  away  on  the  still  evening  air, 
leaving  you  absorbed  in  pleasant  reveries ; 
when  from  under  the  trees,  where  the  girls 
are  congregated,  there  comes  a  responsive 
song,  and  it  may  be  the  same  hymn,  but  in 
their  own  native  Muskogee  tongue,  and  thus 
they  chant, 

"  Ekvnv  herata  !  Hopiyetvn  ! 
Em  mekusapvlkeh,  Apeyvtes ; 
Mvn  yvhikvkepet,  Pa  Hesayecv  Mekko : 
Akvsvmvkepet,  Apokepes." 

SCENE  IN  THE  DINING-ROOM. 

Let  a  stranger  come  in  at  breakfast,  or 
supper  time,  and  we  think  he  would  be  in- 
terested. After  the  meal  is  ended,  each, 
teacher  and  pupil  recites  a  verse  of  Scrip- 
ture, beginning  at  the  head  of  one  of  the 
tables  and  passing  around  through  the  en- 
tire company.  At  other  times,  the  answers 
of  the  Catechism  are  thus  recited.  Then  a 
chapter  is  read,  with  a  few  brief  comments, 
explanations,  and  practical  observations,  as 


fS  SCENES  IN  THE 

time  and  circumstances  will  allow  ;  then  tlie 
hymn  and  the  prayer.  This  is  edifying 
and  refreshing;  for  as  our  bodies  require 
their  daily  bread,  so  do  our  souls  need  some 
spiritual  aliment  day  by  day :  and  the 
strangers  who  may  be  present,  be  they 
parents  that  have  come  on  a  visit  to  their 
children,  or  travellers  who  have  turned  in 
to  tarry  for  a  night,  have,  by  this  arrange- 
ment, an  opportunity  of  learning  about  God, 
and  the  way  to  worship  him. 

We  look  to  those  brief  religious  exercises, 
especially  those  which  followed  the  evening 
meal,  with  very  much  pleasure.  All  the 
people  employed  about  the  house  or  farm 
were  present  on  these  occasions ;  and  just 
now  we  seem  to  see  that  devout  face  of 
Uncle  Frank,  and  that  large  and  intelligent 
eye  of  the  interpreter,  rolling  quicker  as  some 
new  idea  enters  his  understanding,  or  a  new 
thought  springs  up  in  his  own  mind.  The 
children,  when  questioned  on  the  chapter, 
gave  evidence  by  their  answers,  that  they 
had  not  been  listless,  and  that  they   were 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  77 

daily  gathering  up  more  of  that  knowledge 
which  is  able  to  make  men  wise  unto  eter- 
ual  life. 

HELP  THOSE  WOMEN. 

"  Hel}^  those  women  luJiich  laboured  luith  me  in 
the  gospeV     Phil.  iv.  3. 

That  is  a  self-denying  and  arduous  work 
in  which  the  ladies  in  these  Missions  are  en- 
gaged, and  we  ought  to  thank  the  Lord  that 
he  still  disposes  some  to  devote  themselves 
to  his  service  in  these  fields  ;  for  without 
them,  the  whole  work  connected  with  the 
boarding-schools  would  have  to  stop.  Ladies, 
to  a  large  extent,  are  employed  as  teachers  : 
and  they  are  efficient  teachers.  There  must, 
of  course,  be  ladies  to  superintend  all  the 
domestic  arrangements.  Without  ladies, 
from  whence,  in  such  an  establishment, 
would  come  that  subduing,  softening,  and 
refining  influence  which  is  found,  or  pre- 
served for  any  length  of  time,  only  where 


78  SCENES  IN  THE 

ladies  dwell;  and  which  influence  is  needed 
in  enlightening  and  elevating  any  people  ? 

The  trials — those  trials  which  are  the 
hardest  to  bear — of  the  female  missionaries 
in  these  fields  are  such  as  are  not  paraded 
before  the  public,  and  which,  therefore,  they 
have  to  bear  alone,  because  few  know  them. 
There  are  trials  in  getting  to  their  place  of 
labour.  When  there,  they  are  far  away 
from  home  and  friends ;  though  on  their 
own  continent,  yet  in  some  measure,  isolated 
from  the  stirring,  news-reading  world,  of 
which  they  before  formed  a  part.  The  Mis- 
sion stations  are  far  apart,  and  when  there 
is  a  vacation,  in  which  they  might  go  to 
visit  their  fellow-labourers  at  other  stations, 
they  find  their  modes  of  travelling  slow  and 
uncomfortable,  compared  with  what  they 
bad  been  accustomed  to  at  home.  Going  to 
meeting  in  ox-wagons,  or  starting  on  a  jour- 
ney of  two  hundred,  or  four  hundred  miles 
out  and  back,  with  rivers  to  ford,  or  per- 
haps to  swim  ;  with  horses  breaking  down, 
and  then  two  ladies  ^ated  on  one  beast  to 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  79 

prosecute  the  journey;  this  is  a  new  thing 
to  most  of  our  missionary  ladies,  until  they 
arrive  in  the  Indian  country.  The  luxuries, 
and  many  of  the  conveniences  of  life,  to 
which,  perhaps,  they  had  always  been  ac- 
customed, are  not  now  within  their  reach  ; 
and  help  in  the  kitchen  sometimes  cannot 
be  obtained,  when  absolutely  necessary.  Be- 
fore the  Indian  girls  can  be  made  useful, 
they  have,  in  most  cases,  to  be  taught,  and 
some  have  first  to  be  tamed  and  subdued 
They  are  tried  with  the  unruly  and  perverse 
temper  of  children  who,  in  some  cases,  seem 
to  delight  to  tease  and  worry  their  teachers 
and  matrons ;  this  is  not  mentioned  in  the 
papers,  nor  referred  to  in  platform  speeches  ; 
nor  is  the  public  told  how  sad  and  discour- 
aged the  lady  sometimes  is,  when  she  finds 
that  the  task  she  directed  to  be  done,  is 
not  done,  and  that  the  girl  has  run  away  to 
play,  and  she  herself  has  to  perform  the 
work.  Letters  written  for  the  Missionary 
journals,  do  not  let  you  into  the  inner  heart 
of  that   good    Christian   woman,    who   has 


80  SCENES  IN  THE 

been  for  days  and  weeks  endeavouring  to 
win  the  affections  of  certain  of  the  children 
who  are  members  of  the  circle  of  which  she 
has  charge,  and  still  they  remain  intractable, 
unthankful — do  not  return  love  for  love. 

The  journals  do  not  portray  the  state  of 
that  heart  which,  in  hours  of  dejection,  and 
discouragement,  and  loneliness,  is  thinking 
of  a  mother  or  sister  far  away,  and  that  is 
pining  for  their  society,  just  for  the  sweet 
privilege  of  even  once  unbosoming  all  to 
them,  telling  all  its  cares. 

There  are  trials  which  result  from  sick- 
ness or  enfeebled  health,  and  impaired 
strength  ;  while  the  labours  remain  undi- 
minished ;  trials  also  from  the  loss  of  fel- 
low-labourerS;  and  a  consequently  increased 
burden  of  cares  and  duties ;  such  trials, 
sometimes,  as  those  experience,  who  have 
families  that  need  medical  treatment,  or 
themselves  are  sick,  but  physicians  are  not 
at  hand ;  and  there  are  trials,  such  as  you 
may  imagine,  when  many  of  the  pupils  are 
prostrated  with  an  epidemic  disease,  and  the 


INDIAN"  COUNTRY.  81 

duties  of  nurse,  both  by  day  and  by  night, 
are  added  to  all  their  other  duties. 

Therefore  we  say,  "  Help  those  women  ivliich 
laboured  10 ith  us  in  the  gospel  P^  Help  them 
with  the  assurance  that  they  have  your 
sympathy:  help  them  with  your  prayers: 
help  them  where  you  can,  with  material  aid. 
This  you  can  do  :  you  can  contribute  the 
means  by  which  they  may  be  supplied  with 
more  of  the  thousand  little  conveniencies  of 
life  ;  and,  what  would  be  more  acceptable  to 
them,  you  can  send  to  their  aid  fellow-la- 
bourers, so  that  they  need  not  be  over- 
worked, and  so  that,  when  disabled  by  sick- 
ness, they  may  be  relieved  from  cares,  and 
thereby  useful  lives  may  be  continued  to  the 
Mission,  and  to  the  service  of  Christ  on 
earth. 

To  the  ladies  themselves  we  would  repeat 
those  words  of  our  Master,  where  he  says  to 
his  servants,  "  I  know  thy  works,  and  thy 
labour  and  thy  patience."  Let  this  encourage 
and  comfort  you.  Though  the  world  does  not, 
and  cannot  know  the  hundredth  part  of  what 


BSt  SCENES  IN  THE 

you  have  to  do  and  to  endure,  yet.  He  whom 
most  it  concerns,  and  who  is  able  to  appre- 
ciate, he  knows,  and  he  will  reward  it  all. 
He  knows  all  the  works  performed  there 
in  the  daily  routine  of  duty.  He  knows  all 
the  extra  and  exhausting  labours  which  you 
perform,  and  to  which  love  constrains  you. 
He  knows  your  assiduity  in  teaching  from 
day  to  day,  and  on  and  on  still  for 
months  and  for  years.  He  knows  your  pa- 
tience in  this  work,  and  the  labour  and  pain 
it  may  cost  you.  When  friends,  or  the  com- 
forts of  home  invite  you  to  retire  from 
the  field,  and  to  leave  the  burden  and  heat 
of  the  day  to  other  labourers,  he  knows  how 
you  overcome  these  temptations,  and  still 
have  patience  and  faint  not.  He  is  a  wit- 
ness to  all  that  you  do,  because  of  the  love 
you  bear  to  him.  He  knows  all  your  in- 
terest in  the  great  work  of  Christian  Mis- 
sions, and  your  love  for  the  people  for  whose 
good  you  have  voluntarily  submitted  to 
these  many  privations.  Your  works  may 
never  be  published  over  the  world,  and  when 


INDIAIT  COUNTRY.  83 

you  die,  but  a  few  of  your  fellow  mortals  may 
know  it ;  but  your  Saviour  perfectly  knows 
all.  and  will  take  care  that  your  labours  are 
not  be  in  vain,  and  that  you  shall  not  lose 
your  reward. 

He  knows  your  patience  too — your  pa- 
tience in  the  midst  of  discouragements;  your 
endurance  of  trials ;  your  patience  in  wait- 
ing for  the  precious  fruit,  and  your  patience 
in  affliction.  He  knows  how  you  bear  with 
the  dulness,  or  indifference,  or  perversity 
of  the  children  of  your  charge.  When  sick, 
or  worn  down  with  care  and  constant  exer- 
tion, he  knows  with  what  patient  endurance 
you  still  work  on. 

That  patient  woman  who  continues  to  hear 
some  of  her  classes,  though  she  is  unable  to 
leave  her  room,  and  when  she  cannot  even 
sit  up  in  her  bed,  still  gives  the  girls  instruc- 
tion in  their  work — let  her  know  that  He 
who  loved  the  sisters  of  Bethany,  who  ap- 
proved what  Mary  had  done  in  washing  his 
feet,  and  what  another  had  done  in  anoint- 
ing his  head  ;  who  stood  over  against  the 


"84  SCENES  IN  THE 

treasury  when  the  poor  widow  threw  in  her 
two  mites — let  her  know  that  He  is  near  her, 
and  knows  her  work,  and  her  labour,  and  her 
patience.  By  and  by  he  will  say,  "  Inas- 
much as  ye  have  done  it  unto  one  of  the 
least  of  these,  ye  have  done  it  unto  me." 

There  is  a  time  coming  when  some  of  the 
acts  which  now  glitter  before  the  world  will 
be  of  no  account ;  and  when,  on  the  other 
hand,  such  as  worldly  men  did  not  heed  at 
all,  shall  command  the  admiration  of  the 
universe.  Then  those  women,  who,  be- 
cause they  loved  much,  were  ready  to  do, 
and  to  suffer  much,  and  so  left  the  comforts 
and  refinements  of  home  for  a  life  of  labour 
and  privation  in  a  Mission  field,  may  be 
bidden  to  a  seat  that  is  higher  than  the  seats 
of  many  who  have  in  this  world  occupied 
high  places,  and  been  caressed  and  ap- 
plauded. 

But  their  experience  is  not  all  discourag- 
ing :  it  is  not  all  sowing  in  tears :  they  see 
harvest  times  also,  when  those  who  went 
forth  weeping,  bearing  precious  seed,  come 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  85 

again  with  rejoicing,  bringing  their  sheaves 
with  them. 

When  now  and  then  one  of  those  pupils 
who  once  caused  so  much  anxiety,  comes  to 
the  missionary,  begging  to  be  told  what  she 
shall  do  to  be  saved,  the  toil-worn  servant 
of  God  forgets  all  her  former  weariness  and 
heart-aches:  and  when  she  sees  one  and  ano- 
ther at  different  times  coming  before  the 
church  to  take  upon  them  the  vows  of  God, 
and  when  with  her  they  sit  down  to  the  table 
of  the  Lord,  she  remembers  no  more  her  sor- 
row, for  joy  that  they  are  born  again.  And 
in  after  years,  when  travelling  or  visiting  in 
the  nation,  she  stops  at  a  comfortable  farm 
house,  and  finds  there  an  industrious,  intel- 
ligent. Christian  wife  and  mother,  she  feels 
more  than  paid  for  all  the  pains  and  patience 
expended  upon  her  ;  when  she  finds  the  com- 
mon schools  of  the  nation  taught  by  those 
who  once  gave  so  little  promise,  and  were 
so  troublesome,  she  reproaches  herself  for 
her  little  faith.     Now,  after  many  days,  she 


gg  SCENES  IN  THE 

finds    the  bread   that   was   cast   upon    the 
waters. 

THE  CAUSE  WHICH  WAS  DEAREST. 

The  Indian  Missions  afford  many  exam- 
ples of  veteran  soldiers  of  Christ  who  gave 
to  his  self-denying,  toilsome,  and  sometimes 
perilous  service  the  dew  of  their  youth;  and 
who,  though  their  locks  are  growing  white, 
and  the  weight  of  years  is  bowing  their 
heads  somewhat,  yet  have  not  asked  to 
be  discharged;  and  their  faithful  wives  to- 
gether with  them  have  patience,  and  labour, 
and  faint  not. 

Kecently  a  lady  withdrew  from  the  Mis- 
sion, simply  because  she  fancied  that  on  ac- 
count of  her  advanced  age  she  could  no 
longer  be  of  essential  service  to  "  a  cause 
which  was  dearer  to  her  than  any  other  on 
earthP 

When  a  young  lady,  she  entered  on  her 
missionary  life,  the  first  portion  of  which 
was  spent  amongst  the  Cherokees.  Together 
with  a  brother  who  was  also  a  missionary. 


INDIAN  COUNTKY.  87 

slie  accompanied  the  tribe  in  several  of  their 
removals  to  the  west  of  the  Mississippi. 

Soon  after  our  Mission  was  established 
among  the  Creeks,  she  joined  it,  and  for  more 
than  thirty  years  has  she  been  toiling,  plan- 
ning, and  praying  for  the  interests  of  these 
Missions,  and  for  the  good  of  the  poor  In- 
dian, just  as  that  person  would  be  expected 
to  do,  to  whose  heart  this  cause  was  the  most 
precious.  It  did  indeed  seem  to  be  her  de- 
light to  be  able  to  serve  her  Master,  in  doing 
good  to  the  bodies  and  souls  of  these  rem- 
nants of  the  nations,  that  once  were  the  lords 
of  the  continent. 

Day  after  day  she  worked  in  the  kitchen, 
or  laundry,  or  school  room,  or  in  nursing 
the  sick — anywhere,  so  that  she  might  be 
useful.  Day  after  day  for  thirty  years,  she 
laboured  and  fainted  not.  After  thirty  years' 
experience  and  observation,  it  was  still  the 
cause  which  lay  nearest  her  heart. 

Her  long  familiarity  with  the  Indian 
character,  and  knowledge  of  his  habits  and 
prejudices,  and  her  great  experience  in  Mis' 


88  SCENES  IN  THE 

sion  schools  had  qualified  her  for  eminent 
usefulness:  the  missionaries  were  constantly 
consulting  her,  and  freely  and  kindly  was 
advice  imparted. 

As  you  may  well  imagine,  she  was  a  per- 
son of  determined  purpose,  and  being  of  a 
strong  constitution  and  perfect  health,  hav- 
ing energy  of  body  and  an  active  mind,  she 
always  seemed  to  know  what  should  be 
done,  and  was  as  prompt  to  do  it. 

Early  one  morning,  while  living  at  the 
Dwight  Mission,  when  it  was  announced 
that  three  of  the  larger  girls  did  not  answer 
to  the  usual  call,  and  were  not  to  be  found  on 
the  premises,  she  requested  that  the  fleetest 
horse  should  be  saddled,  and  at  once  started, 
and  after  them  she  rode.  They,  doubtless, 
had  many  hours  the  start  of  her,  but  she 
suspected  what  course  they  would  take,  and 
onward  she  pursued,  and  at  length  came  in 
sight  of  them  as  they  were  swimming  a 
river,  with  their  clothes  and  their  bundles 
tied  to  the  back  of  their  heads. 

As   they   reached    the  farther   bank,  she 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  89 

rode  up,  and  in  the  tone  of  one  accustomed 
to  command,  ordered  them  to  "  stop,  turn 
right  around,  and  swim  back  again  imme- 
diately." And  they,  all  at  once,  answered, 
"  0  Miss  N ,  is  that  you  ?  We  saw  some- 
body coming,  but  if  we  had  known  it  was 
you,  we  wouldn't  have  tried  to  get  away." 
So  they  turned,  and  recrossed  the  stream, 
and  accompanied  her  home  without  a  sign 
of  demurring,  or  attempt  to  escape. 

Though  at  times  a  little  stern,  yet  she  was 
always  loved.  Those  very  girls  that  she 
arrested,  were  very  likely  gathering  wild 
flowers  for  her  pretty  soon,  while  on  their 
return  journey  ;  and  she,  as  was  her  wont, 
would  doubtless  be  engaging  them  in  pleas- 
ant conversation;  and  possibly,  they  may 
have  been  amongst  the  number  that  were 
engaged  in  that  demonstration  of  which  we 
have  heard,  though  I  do  not  remember  just 
the  date  of  the  occurrence,  or  the  precise 
place.  The  teacher  had  been  absent  from 
the  mission  a  short  time;  but  to  the  girls,  it 
seemed  a  very  long  time.     When  she  was 

8* 


&d  SCENES  IN  THE 

seen  coming  along  the  road,  the  word  flew 

that  "  Miss  N had  come,"  and  many  of 

the  girls  met  her  at  the  stile,  and  took  forci- 
ble possession  of  her  ;  four  of  the  largest 
making  an  extemporaneous  seat  with  their 
joined  hands,  and  thus  they  bore  her,  with 
boisterous  demonstrations  of  joy,  around 
the  yard,  and  then  to  her  room. 

She  could  endure  much.  Many  were  the 
long  rides  which  she  took  on  horseback. 
We  have  heard  her  speak  of  being  thrown 
from  her  horse  on  a  dark  night,  and  in  a 
thunder  storm,  her  horse  being  frightened 
by  a  fierce  flash  of  lightning,  close  to  his 
face.  Where  she  was  thrown  was  in  the 
middle  of  a  wide  prairie,  without  a  stone, 
stump,  or  a  mound  at  hand  to  aid  her  in  re- 
mounting, and  with  only  an  Indian  boy  for 
an  escort.  We  have  heard  of  her  taking  a 
horseback  journey  from  the  Arkansas  to 
the  Eed  river,  and  back  again. 

Though  she  has  retired  from  service  in 
that  field,  yet  while  she  continues  here  with 
us,  a  companion  in  tribulation,  and  in  the 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  91 

kingdom  and  patience  of  Jesus  Christ, 
the  church,  we  doubt  not,  will  have  her 
prayers;  and  when,  at  last,  she  rests  from 
all  her  labours,  we  trust  that  many  blessed 
fruits  of  that  thirty  years  of  missionary  la- 
bour may  follow  her. 

PORTRAIT   OF   A   MISSIONARY    AMONGST    THE 
INDIANS. 

We  do  not  pretend  to  say  that  they  all 
look  alike ;  nor  that  the  men  for  this  field  are 
selected  with  reference  to  their  stature  or 
girth.  But  for  this  picture,  you  may  im- 
agine a  man  still  on  the  forenoon  side  of  the 
meridian  of  life,  more  than  six  feet  high, 
with  broad  shoulders,  strongly  built  every 
way,  and  active  as  strong.  There  is  little 
doubt  that,  when  a  youth,  he  could  jump  as 
far,  and  run  as  fast  as  the  best  in  his  neigh- 
bourhood ;  and  (in  a  whisper  I  may  say  it) 
he  would  sometimes  give  the  school  boys, 
in  play  time,  a  small  specimen  as  to  how 
such  things  might  be  done;  their  best  run- 
ner could  hardly  catch  him,  and  their  best 


V2  SCENES  IN  THE 

player  couldn't  beat  him  in  knocking,  throw- 
ing, or  catching  the  ball :  and  he  would  try 
his  hand  with  them  in  shooting  with  the 
blow  gun,  or  bow  and  arrow.  He  was,  you 
see,  a  believer  in  the  doctrine  that  "  All 
work  (or  all  study)  and  no  play,  makes 
Jack  a  dull  boy."  He  was  an  earnest 
man.  As  you  observe  hirn  moving  about 
through  the  rooms,  up  and  down  stairs, 
about  the  yards,  to  the  garden,  then  to  the 
fields,  you  say,  Surely  that  is  an  earnest 
man  in  whatever  he  undertakes. 

He  is  always  cheerful ;  he  has  a  smile  and 
a  kind  word  for  every  child  in  the  school, 
for  every  fellow  labourer,  for  every  man, 
woman,  or  child  he  meets ;  be  it  the  first 
chief  or  the  poorest  of  the  common  people  ; 
or  be  it  at  morning,  noon,  or  night ;  be  it  in 
a  fair  day  or  a  dull  day.  Such  a  man,  you 
may  be  sure,  will  be  popular  among  the  In- 
dians. We  never  knew  him  to  be  down 
sick,  and  scarce  ever  at  all  unwell  ;  for  he 
was  blessed  with  a  good  constitution  ;  and 
abundant  exercise,  and  plain  diet,  with  the 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  93 

blessing  of  God — without  which,  no  rules 
of  health  would  avail — have  kept  him 
healthy  and  robust.  lie  loves  to  preach, 
and  he  loves  to  sing;  nor  do  these  labours 
and  exercises  tire  him,  and  the  Indians  and 
Indian  children  never  tire  of  singing  with 
him,  whether  in  English  or  Muskokee. 

Now  you  may  see  him  preparing  for  a 
short  preaching  excursion.  In  those  well 
worn  saddle-bags,  covered  with  black  bear 
skin,  is  the  Bible,  an  English  and  a  Musko- 
kee hymn  book,  a  few  tracts  and  catechisms, 
in  both  languages,  and  a  few  simple  medi- 
cines ;  for  the  Indians  persist  in  believing 
and  declaring  that  he  is  a  first  rate  doctor. 
That  Mackinaw  blanket  strapped  on  the 
saddle,  is  to  serve  three  purposes,  viz  :  for  a 
softer  saddle  seat,  for  a  cloak  when  it  rains, 
and  for  a  bed  at  night.  If  it  is  for  a  long 
tour,  you  will  see  a  tin  cup,  and  coffee  pot, 
and  skillet,  hanging  from  some  part  of  the 
saddle  on  one  side,  and  a  small  sack  of  pro- 
visions to  balance  it  on  the  other.  Willie, 
or  Roan,  or  Wellington — whichever  it  is — 


94  SCENES  IN  THE 

seems  to  understand  that  it  is  for  a  long 
jaunt,  and  he  moves  off  very  moderately,  in  a 
swinging  pace,  and  not  in  a  lope  as  at  other 
times.  That  noble  fellow  will  walk  his 
master  safely  through  the  shallow  streams, 
and  swim  him  over  the  deep  rivers ;  and 
should  he  go  under  now  and  then,  because 
he  can't  help  it,  he  will  let  him  catch  to  his 
tail,  if  they  are  so  much  favoured  as  to  rise 
to  the  surface  at  the  same  time,  and  thus  he 
will  tow  him  to  the  shore.  If,  where  they 
turn  in  at  night,  there  is  no  corn,  as  is  not 
unlikely  to  be  the  case,  he  will  put  up  with 
hay  ;  and  if  there  is  no  hay,  he  will  consent 
to  be  tethered  with  a  long  rope,  and  pick 
up  what  he  can  on  the  ground ;  and  if  there 
is  no  long  rope,  the  patient  animal  will 
stand  all  night  tied  to  a  tree,  and  browze 
upon  the  twigs,  asking  only  the  privilege 
of  nibbling  the  grass  by  the  way-side  to- 
morrow, with  a  promise  that  he  shall  be 
baited  at  the  first  corn  crib  they  come  to. 

AVhen  the   missionary  gets   home  again, 
he  is  as  busy  as  ever,  and  if  you  have  busi- 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  95 

ness  with  him,  it  may  cost  you  a  sharp  look- 
out to  find  him ;  for  he  may  be  away  over- 
seeing the  work  on  the  farm,  or  down  in 
the  timber  to  select  a  tree  for  the  men  to 
cut,  for  some  particular  purpose  ;  or  he  is 
called  off  to  shoot  down  that  wild  steer  that 
has  been  driven  up  to  make  them  a  change 
of  diet;  or  perhaps  he  is  out  grafting  trees^ 
or  preparing  ground  for  a  nursery,  or  he 
has  gone  to  the  shop  to  make  or  mend  some- 
thing; or  possibly,  there  is  some  little  diffi- 
culty between  some  of  the  scholars^  which 
their  teacher  feels  incompetent  to  decide, 
and  he  is  called  in  to  hear,  patiently,  the 
whole  case  from  beginning  to  end;  or  he  is 
entertaining  some  stranger  Indians  from  a 
distant  village,  or  conversing  with  the 
parents  of  some  of  the  pupils,  who  are  on  a 
visit  to  see  how  their  children  fare ;  or  he 
may  be  weighing  out  medicine  for  the  sick, 
or  himself  just  starting  to  visit  a  sick  neigh- 
bour; but,  if  you  fail  to  find  him  engaged  in 
such  like  labours,  make  your  way  to  his 
study,  and  there,  with  his  interpreter,  you 


96  SCENES  IN  THE 

will  find  him  hard  at  work  over  a  manu- 
script, and  you  perceive  that  it  is  a  transla- 
tion of  the  Scriptures  on  which  they  are  em- 
ployed, or  a  catechism  or  tract. 

THE  TEACHER. 

He  is  a  graduate  of  an  eastern  college,  has 
taught  in  academies  in  the  States  where  he 
received  a  fine  salary,  and  was  in  a  way  to 
advance,  like  other  teachers,  to  the  rank  of 
professor ;  but  he  heard  a  call  from  the 
church,  or  rather  from  the  Head  of  the 
church,  to  go  and  teach  the  poor  Indian ; 
and  you  will  find  him  now  where  he  has 
been  for  years,  applying  himself  diligently 
day  after  day  in  the  school  room.  He  can 
teach  either  A,  B,  and  C,  or  the  mysteries  of 
the  natural  sciences,  the  elegancies  of  the 
ancient  languages,  or  the  sublimities  of 
mathematics.  Steadily  he  returns  to  this 
work  every  morning,  and  on  through  all  the 
days  of  the  term,  and  all  the  terms  of  the 
year  ;  and  not  only  throughout  the  day  does 
he  work,  but  how  often  at  night  does  he 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  97 

gather  the  school  to  listen  to  an  oral  lesson, 
or  a  lecture,  with  illustrations,  pictures,  or 
apparatus!  Sometimes  it  happens  that  there 
is  no  steward  or  farmer  in  the  Mission,  and 
he  for  a  time  attends  to  the  duties  of  that 
department,  in  addition  to  his  other  labours. 
But  he  is  always  a  busy  man,  whether  from 
necessity  or  choice.  Many  useful  articles, 
which  you  may  see  about  the  house,  were 
made  by  him  during  the  intervals  of  school. 

Not  unfrequently  he  may  be  met  roaming 
over  the  prairie  and  through  the  woods, 
gathering  specimens  in  botany,  mineralogy, 
or  entomology,  and  other  facts  in  science,  to 
send  to  the  great  masters  and  professors  at 
the  east,  who  have  requested  the  favour  of 
such  services,  and  who  are  building  up  a  re- 
putation of  their  own  for  great  research. 
diligence,  &c.,  partly  by  means  of  such  agents 
as  this,  who  themselves  are  never  known  to 
fame. 

The  labours  of  the  day  all  done,  and  the 
children  all  settled  in  their  beds,  you  may 
see  the  light  still  burning  in  his  room  ;  and 


98  SCENES  IN  THE 

there  he  is  at  his  books,  and  his  wife  with 
him :  they  are  making  a  grammar  of  the 
language,  or  preparing  a  tract. 

And  now,  let  us  inquire  what  it  is  that 
can  reconcile  a  person  of  education,  of  refine- 
ment, and  accustomed  to  the  society  of 
learned  and  polite  people — what  can  recon- 
cile him  to  a  comparatively  isolated  situa- 
tion, and  to  the  work  and  dull  routine  of 
such  a  school  as  this  in  which  we  find  him? 
What  but  the  consciousness  that  he  is  in  his 
Master's  service,  and  the  hope  that  his  la- 
bours shall  not  be  in  vain  in  the  Lord — the 
hope  that  he  is  contributing  the  influence 
of  one  man,  of  one  life-time  towards  elevat- 
ing the  character  and  social  position  of  a 
whole  tribe — the  hope  that  future  genera- 
tions may  witness  the  fruits  of  seed  sown  by 
his  hand,  though  his  own  eyes  may  not  see 
much  of  it  while  he  lives  ?  He  is  stimulated 
by  the  evidence  afforded  all  around  him  of 
the  absolute  necessity  of  schools,  in  order  to 
the  greatest  success  of  an  Indian  Mission,  as 
well  as  by  the  great  improvement  already 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  99 

effected  by  means  of  such  schools ;  he  is 
cheered  by  the  belief  that  a  rich  field  lies 
open  before  every  teacher  of  children  and 
youth  to  sow  the  seeds  of  saving  knowledge, 
and  thus  to  be  instrumental  in  training  im- 
mortal souls  for  heaven.  Again  at  times, 
he  reasons  like  a  philosopher  on  the  subject, 
and  his  conclusions  strengthen  his  deter- 
mination to  hold  on  his  way.  He  says,  "  If, 
as  we  have  read,  '  He  is  a  benefactor  of  his 
race  luJio  causes  two  sinres  of  grass  to  grow 
where  only  one  grew  before  ;'^  is  not  he  who  is 
an  agent  in  starting  into  being  many  ideas 
in  minds  where  there  were  but  few  before — ■ 
is  not  he  who  is  raising  up  teachers,  native 
teachers  for  a  people  that  had  them  not  be- 
fore— who  is  preparing  the  way  to  give  a 
literature  to  a  nation  that  had  none  before; 
and  who  is  preparing  the  way  for  the  erec- 
tion of  schools  and  churches,  and  who  is 
laying  the  ground  work  for  supplying  a  na- 
tive ministry  to  a  people  that  had  none  of 
these  things  before  ? 

Other  people  in  passing  about  over  the 


100  SCENES  IN  THE 

country  notice  indeed  a  great  dissimilar- 
ity in  the  conduct  of  the  people,  as  well  as 
in  the  appearance  of  their  dwellings  and  im- 
provements, but  they  notice  it  only  to  icon- 
der  how  it  happened  so ;  our  missionary 
however  has  often  noticed  the  same,  and  has 
found  food  for  encouragement  in  it,  for  he 
knows 

WHAT  IS  THE  CAUSE  OF  THIS  DIFFERENCE? 

Let  us  turn  our  horses  up  this  trail,  and 
call  at  yonder  cabin.  We  pass  a  small  field, 
yet  small  as  it  is,  more  than  half  of  it  is  un- 
tilled,  and  the  corn  growing  in  the  remain- 
ing part  must  have  been  late  planted,  and  is 
badly  tended.  Let  us  go  into  the  cabin ; 
but  you  must  stoop,  for  the  door  is  low  ;  a 
dirty  Indian  woman  sits  inside  with  slovenly 
dress  carelessly  put  on  ;  she  does  not  rise  to 
give  us  a  seat.  We  say,  "Good  morning;" 
she  answers  with  a  grunt.  We  ask,  "Are 
all  well  ?"  she  answers  with  another  grunt. 
We  look  about.  There  are  children  with  thick, 
uncombed,  and  untrimmed  hair ;  dirty,  and 


^v: 


-.^ 


"Who  is  that  girl— her  hair  so  neatly  put  up- dress  clean,  and 
tidily  put  on  ?  "—Page  101. 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  101 

as  ignorant,  almost,  of  religious  truth,  as  the 
half-starved  and  sneaking  dogs  that  are  bark- 
ing about  the  door. 

We  will  ride  on.  By  and  by  we  turn  up 
another  trail.  We  pass  large  corn  fields — 
here  is  a  small  orchard — a  garden — many 
cattle  near — a  covered  two-horse  wagon  in 
the  yard.  But  who  is  that  girl — her  hair 
so  neatly  put  up — dress  clean  and  tidily  put 
on  ?  She  is  attending  to  the  milking  of  the 
cows,  and  seems  to  have  the  care  of  the  milk- 
house.  We  tie  our  horses  and  go  in ;  chairs 
are  placed  for  us  under  the  shade  of  a  tree 
before  the  door.  Soon  that  girl  comes  from 
the  milk-house,  she  advances  with  a  pleasing 
frankness  to  shake  hands,  then  goes  to  the 
garden  and  brings  a  watermelon,  and  hands  us 
knives,  that  we  may  eat  and  refresh  our- 
selves with  this  cooling  fruit.  She  seems  to 
have  the  care  of  the  family,  for  her  mother 
is  unwell.  But  what  is  the  cause  of  the  dif- 
ference between  this  girl  and  the  girls  in  the 
cabin  at  which  we  first  stopped  ? 

This  girl  is  a  pupil  in  the  Mission  boarding- 
9* 


102  SCENES  IN  THE 

scliool.  She  is  at  home  now,  for  it  is  vaca- 
tion. She  is  a  member  of  the  Mission  church, 
and,  we  trust,  a  true  disciple. 

Is  there  any  encouragement  in  trying  to 
elevate  the  Indian?  Is  any  good  accom- 
plished by  Mission  boarding-schools  ? 

THE   CONTRAST. 

You  see  that  tall  Indian  standing  by  the 
side  of  the  path,  endeavouring  to  cover  some 
parts  of  his  body  with  the  half  of  the  hunt- 
ing shirt  which  still  hangs  on  hira.  He  has 
little  friendship  towards  the  missionaries ; 
he  dislikes  the  white  physicians  ;  he  believes 
in  conjuration;  if  his  neighbours  are  sick, 
he  tries  to  persuade  them  to  throw  away  the 
white  doctor's  medicine  and  send  for  a 
"  blower,"  a  medicine  man  ;  he  observes  all 
the  ancient  Indian  ceremonies  at  the  death 
of  any  member  of  his  family.  He  is  in  the 
gallof  bitterness  and  bonds  of  iniquity;  and 
lie  desires  to  remain  as  he  is. 

But  go  with  me  a  short  distance.  You 
notice  broad  fields  of  corn  on  the  rich  bottom 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  103 

land  at  the  right;  you  observe  they  have 
been  well  tended,  and  are  well  fenced.  At 
the  left  you  see  the  cow-pens ;  here  a  pen 
with  thirty  calves  ;  not  far  off  are  horses, 
and  sheep,  and  cattle;  there  are  corn-cribs 
and  out-houses.  The  house  is  small  but 
neat,  verandahs  in  front  and  rear,  fruit  and 
shade  trees  growing.  Now  go  into  the  house; 
the  wife  is  spinning  wool,  but  politely  hands 
you  a  chair.  The  owner  of  the  establish- 
ment is  at  home,  for  he  is  not  in  good  healthy 
and  had  sent  for  the  missionary  to  converse 
with  him  about  the  way  of  salvation.  He  is 
neatly  dressed,  is  polite,  and  speaks  correct 
English.  Quite  a  contrast,  certainly,  you 
say,  between  this  and  that  tall  Indian  ;  yet 
they  are  both  Indians]  why  is  the  differ- 
ence? You  ask.  Where  did  this  man  get 
his  habits  of  order,  neatness,  and  thrift?  And 
more  than  all.  Where  did  he  get  so  much 
correct  religious  knowledge?  Let  me  tell 
you.  In  his  youth  he  had  been  in  a  Mission 
boarding-school. 

Perhaps  the  missionaries  who  had  the  care 


104:  SCENES  IN  THE 

of  this  man  when  a  youth  in  school,  were 
quite  discouraged  in  regard  to  him,  seeing 
no  fruit  of  their  labours  ;  but  they  cast  bread 
upon  the  waters,  and  now  after  many  days 
it  appears;  we  see  it;  they,  perhaps,  have 
not,  and  never  may  in  this  world.  These 
are  thoughts  which  we  will  lay  up;  they 
may  help  us  when  we  begin  to  feel  discour- 


aged. 


ONE  THAT  HAD  NOT  BEEN   A  PUPIL. 
On  a  Sabbath,  in  midsummer,  there  was 
an  appointment  for  preaching  about  twelve 
miles  west  of  the  Mission.     It  was  a  very 
hot  day.     The  rays  of  the  sun  were  poured 
down  upon  us,  even  through  our  umbrellas, 
and   fearing   a    sun-stroke,    we    frequently 
lifted  our  hats  to  let  fresh  air  in  upon  our 
heads.     The   ground  too,   which   had  long 
been  scorched,  seemed  to  be  in  a  humour  to 
scorch  others,  and  it  sent  up  its  steaming 
vapours,  and  radiated  heat   into   our  faces. 
We   dared  not   urge   our  horses  lest  they 
might   melt,  and,  as  you  may  suppose,  by 


INDIAN  COUNTKY.  105 

the  time  we  arrived  at  the  house  where  the 
meeting  was  to  be,  we  were  pretty  tired  ;  and 
when  the  Indian  woman  started  out  to  the 
trees  near  by,  to  pick  up  some  of  the  fallen 
fruit,  we  began  to  feel  revived,  just  with  the 
thought  of  ripe  mellow  fruit  to  wet  our 
parched  throats.  Soon  the  woman  returned 
with  six  uncommonly  large  and  rich  peaches. 
She  laid  them  carefully  on  the  table.  Then 
went  for  a  knife,  and  placed  it  beside  the 
peaches.  Then  put  a  stool  up  by  the  side 
of  the  table.  And  then — then  what  did  she  ? 
Why,  she  just  sat  down  on  that  stool,  and 
took  the  knife,  and  herself  devoured  those 
six  peaches  without  saying  a  word  to  any 
one,  and  then  arose  and  walked  away  with 
an  air  of  satisfaction  ;  leaving  it  for  the  hens 
and  their  chickens  to  dispose  of  the  parings. 

We  didn't  inquire  where  that  woman  was 
educated :  it  was  not  at  any  of  the  Mission 
schools. 

But,  in  regard  to  the  meeting.  When  we 
arrived,  one  of  the  men  took  down  an  ox- 
horn,  (a  common    piece  of  furniture  in  an 


106  SCENES  IN"  THE 

Indian's  cabin,)  and  walked  out  upon  a 
slight  eminence,  and  away  from  the  trees, 
and  blew  it ;  making  a  noise  that  might  have 
been  heard  for  miles  around.  Scarce  any  re- 
sponded to  to  it,  however,  for  there  was  a 
"a  big  meeting"  somewhere,  and  the  Indians, 
who  delight  in  great  gatherings  in  the  woods, 
will  travel  many  miles  to  a  camp  meeting,  or 
any  "  big  meeting,"  passing  by  the  quiet  chapel. 
We  preached,  nevertheless,  though  it  was  to 
but  eight  souls  ;  and  rode  our  twelve  miles 
home  again,  holding  umbrellas  over  our 
heads,  except  where  we  passed  through  por- 
tions of  the  forest. 

PREACHING. 

On  each  Sabbath  day  there  was  preaching 
at  the  Mission,  and  an  evening  meeting 
at  least  once  during  the  week.  Sabbath 
schools  were  conducted  in  adjacent  neigh- 
bourhoods,  where  it  was  practicable,  by  the 
lay  brethren.  The  ministers  had  stated 
meetings  at  different  points  in  the  nation  ; 
some  on  the  Sabbath,  and  some  on  week  days. 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  107 

Of  these,  some  were  not  so  far  off  but  that 
we  might  ride  to  them  on  Sabbath  morning, 
and  return  in  the  evening;  to  other  places, 
it  was  necessary  to  go  on  Saturday  and  re- 
turn on  Monday. 

At  a  few  of  these  out  stations,  there  were 
men  residing. who  were  qualified  and  will- 
ing to  serve  as  interpreters.  Such  a  place 
was  Conchatee,  a  village  several  miles  to  the 
west,  and  on  the  opposite  bank  of  the  river, 
where  were  a  few  Christian  families,  in 
which  a  missionary  would  be  cheerfully  en- 
tertained. 

EVENING  PREACHING  AT  CABINS. 

Few  services  were  pleasanter  than  were 
those  meetings  held  on  a  week-day  evening, 
in  an  Indian's  humble  dwelling.  Taking 
the  interpreter,  and  a  few  of  the  larger  boys 
of  the  school,  in  order  to  secure  good  sing- 
ing ;  and  taking  a  candle,  (for  the  people  of 
the  cabin  have  none,)  we  walk  to  the  huts, 
one,  two,  or  more  miles  distant.  The  dull  fire, 
in  the  wide  fire-place,  gives  light  enough  to 


108  SCENES  IN  THE 

enable  us  to  see  that  there  are  people  present, 
but  not  enough  to  enable  us  to  distinguish 
who  they  are.  We  light  our  candle,  and  in 
lieu  of  a  candlestick,  we  fix  it  with  a  pen- 
knife to  the  wall;  but  the  wind  coming 
in  between  the  logs,  and  through  the 
roof,  and  down  the  wide  chimney,  flares  it, 
so  that  we  take  it  in  our  fingers;  and  under 
such  circumstances  we  stand  up  to  read  the 
hymns  and  Scripture,  and  to  preach. 

Perhaps  you  can  fancy  the  scene.  The 
half  bent  forms  of  these  dusky  people,  in 
this  dusky  light;  men,  women,  and  chil- 
dren :  the  women  in  gowns,  and  a  faded 
handkerchief  tied  over  the  head  ;  the  men  in 
trowsers,  and  what  looks  like  a  farmer's 
frock  with  a  belt  over  it;  and  the  children, 
with  a  shirt,  and  nothing  more:  these  ar- 
ranged, some  on  stools,  two  or  three  on 
chairs,  some  on  the  bed,  others  crouching  on 
their  heels;  while  our  school  boys  stand 
together,  where  they  have  found  a  vacant 
place.  The  preacher  stands  before  them, 
with  a  pocket  Bible  in  one  hand,  and  a  ra- 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  109 

pidly  wasting  tallow  candle  in  the  other  ; 
he  speaks  one  short  sentence,  or,  but  a  piece 
of  a  long  sentence,  and  waits  for  the  inter- 
preter, who  stands  close  beside  him,  to  re- 
peat the  same  in  the  Muskokee  language. 

Some  of  the  audience  scarcely  raise  their 
eyes  from  the  floor  during  the  entire  ser- 
vice ;  others  give  us  their  eye,  but  now  and 
then  they  raise  a  hand  quickly  to  brush 
away  a  tear.  In  every  such  assembly  we 
may  expect  to  find  one  or  more  to  whom 
the  name  of  Jesus  is  precious,  even  as  oint- 
ment poured  forth. 

After  meeting,  we  make  the  best  of  our 
way  home ;  now  along  the  cattle  path,  and 
amongst  the  bushes,  to  the  peril  of  our 
clothes ;  thankful  if  our  faces  escape  a 
scratching,  or  our  heads  a  beating  against 
the  trees,  when  we  come  into  the  thick  and 
darker  woods. 

NIGHT  MEETING  AMONG  THE  NEGROES. 

About  two  miles  from  the  Tallahassa 
Mission,  was  a  cluster  of  cabins  occupied  by 


110  SCENES  IN  THE 

the  negroes  of  a  plantation.  One  of  these 
cabins  was  large,  and  we  occasionally  held 
a  meeting  in  it.  The  people  all  seemed 
glad  to  have  this  privilege,  and  it  may  be 
that  their  pleasure  was  partly  on  account  of 
being  noticed  by  the  missionaries.  When 
we  preached  there,  the  house  would  be  well 
filled  with  both  Indians  and  negroes,  seated 
on  rough  benches,  and  the  great  fire-place, 
with  its  bright  fire,  sent  a  cheering  light 
over  the  audience. 

Not  far  off  was  an  Indian  village,  where 
whiskey  was  sold,  and  where  disorderly  fel- 
lows congregated  ;  and  sometimes  we  were 
disturbed  by  them.  Now  and  then  a  drunken 
band  would  ride  by  with  shouts  and  yells. 
Occasionally  a  drunken  Indian  would  surge 
against  the  door,  and  force  it  in,  and  stag- 
ger in  himself,  and  reel  along  towards  the 
preacher. 

Such  an  occurrence  would  produce  a 
commotion  ;  for  an  Indian  intoxicated  is  an 
object  of  terror,  and  especially  so  to  any  of 
that  race  which,  according  to  the  creed  of 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  Ill 

some  of  the  Indians,  was  intended  by  the 
Great  Spirit  to  use  the  spade  and  the  hoe. 
Much  management  was  required  to  bring 
the  Indian  to  a  seat,  and  to  keep  him  quiet. 
By  and  by  he  wouhi  get  dry  again,  and 
leave  us  unceremoniously;  or,  he  would  fall 
asleep,  and  thus  we  would  be  rid  of  his 
noise. 

Those  were  pleasant  seasons.  The  simple- 
hearted  people  appeared  to  drink  in  the 
words  that  were  spoken:  it  was  not  like  re- 
peating a  thrice  told  tale  to  sluggish  ears  ; 
but  it  seemed  to  be  received  joyfully,  like 
good  news.  The  historical  portions  of  the 
Bible,  and  parables,  they  listened  to  without 
ever  being  tired  of  them ;  and  the  story  of 
the  cross  was  not  there  repeated  to  people, 
all  of  whose  ears  were  dull,  and  their  hearts 
closed. 

One  of  the  company  with  which  we  wor- 
shipped there,  and  who  was  attentive  and 
devout,  was  a  pious  old  negro  woman,  fa- 
miliarly called  Aunt  Chloe. 


112  SCENES  IN  THE 


AUNT  CHLOE. 


On  the  da}^  we  were  leaving  the  nation, 
as  we  were  on  the  way  to  Fort  Gibson  to 
take  the  boat,  we  met  her;  and  she  says, 
**  What!  goin'  away,  MasV?"  "Yes,"  we 
answered.  "What!  goin'  clear  away  off'? 
goin'  back  to  the  States?"  "Yes,"  we  re- 
sponded again.  Then  dropping  both  hands 
as  suddenly  as  she  had  raised  them  at  her 
first  exclamation,  and  in  a  melancholy  voice, 
she  added,  "  Well  then,  may  the  good  Lord 
be  merciful !  but  what  are  us  poor  ignorant 
black  folks  to  do  ?  Missionaries  and  teach- 
ers comes  ;  but  then  missionaries  and  teach- 
ers goes  away  again,  as  many  as  comes,  and 
there  gets  no  more  on  'em  after  all.  Why  ! 
ar'n't  ye  never  coming  back  to  preach  to 
these  ere  Indians,  and  to  give  us  black  ones 
some  of  de  crumbs  now  and  again?"  "No, 
aunt  Chloe,  we  don't  much  expect  to  come 
back  again,  and  well  not  see  one  another 
any  more  in  this  world  then  ;  so,  good  bye ; 
God  bless  you."     "  Well  then — if  ye  must 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  113 

go — when  ye  gets  back  to  the  States,  won't 
ye  tell  them  good  peoples  there,  to  think 
about  us  all,  poor  ignorant  perishing  ones 
away  out  here  ?  and  you,  sir,  please — you 
won't  never  stop  praying  for  me,  a  poor  old 
black  critter  away  out  west  of  Arkansaw. 
Good  bye.  Good  bye.  May  the  Lord  be  a 
wall  of  fire  about  ye — your  never  failing 
help." 

THE  WHISKEY  VILLAGE. 

That  little  cluster  of  cabins  which  we  have 
termed  a  village,  and  of  which  we  spoke  two 
or  three  pages  back,  had  a  bad  reputation. 
We  called  it  a  cluster  of  cabins,  and  yet  it 
was  not  much  of  a  cluster,  nor  were  they 
very  near  together.  There  were  three  or 
four  that  were  only  a  few  rods  apart ;  and 
others  from  a  quarter  to  half  a  mile  distant. 

We  were  accustomed  to  make  frequent 
excursions;  leaving  the  Mission  in  the  mor- 
ning, and  spending  the  day  in  visiting  from 
village  to  village,  and  from  house  to  house  ; 
conversing    with    families,  and    preaching 

10  » 


114  SCENES  IN  THE 

wherever  a  little  congregation  could  be  gath- 
ered. 

For  one  of  those  days'  works  I  had  nnap- 
ped  out  the  course  in  my  own  mind,  making 
this  village  the  first  to  be  visited  ;  and  when 
we  were  in  the  saddle  and  had  proceeded  a 
little  on  the  way,  the  interpreter  inquired 
what  place  we  were  to  make  for;  and  when 
told  that  we  would  go  right  down  to  that 
town  on  our  right,  he  exclaimed,  "  Ah,  sir, 
that  won't  do.  It's  not  far  enough  past  the 
holidays  yet.  Christmas,  you  know,"  he 
added,  "lasts  as  long  as  there  is  any  whiskey." 
The  Indians  in  that  country  are  rather  re* 
markable  for  their  observance  of  Christmas  ; 
but  the  most  that  many  know  about  it  seems 
to  be  only  that  which  they  have  learned  from 
the  loose-living  white  men  that  have  lived 
among  them,  and  who  usually  distin- 
guished the  day  by  their  hardest  drinking, 
and  most  reckless  carousing. 

Our  interpreter,  who  was  at  that  time  an 
elder  of  the  church,  and  who  is  now  a  minis- 
ter, did  not  wish  to  expose  himself  to  more 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  115 

insult  and  abuse  than  he  might  be  able  to 
bear.  "  It  might,"  as  he  said,  "  get  the  In- 
dian up,  and  if  he  were  provoked  he  might 
do  something  that  he  would  be  sorry  for." 

He  was  in  the  habit,  you  perceive,  of  pray- 
ing, "  Lead  us  not  into  temptation,"  and 
then  endeavouring  to  practise  in  accordance 
with  his  prayers. 

"THE  CHALLENGE. 

*'  Discretion,"  somebody  has  said,  "  is  the 
better  part  of  valour,"  and  having  the  inter- 
preter's account  of  the  villagers,  and  seeing 
his  aversion  to  going  amongst  them,  we 
passed  along  on  the  straight  road ;  and  he 
proceeded  to  give  some  account  of  an  excit- 
ing affair  in  which  he  was  engaged  a  few 
evenings  before.  It  was  just  in  the  dusk  of 
the  evening — a  cold  evening,  the  ground 
was  frozen,  the  doors  were  shut,  and  he  and 
his  little  family  were  huddled  around  the 
fire ;  when  suddenly  a  horseman  galloped 
into  the  yard,  and  wheeled  before  the  door ; 
and   with   terrible   yells,  and  awful  curses, 


116  SCENES  IN  THE 

called  out  his  name,  daring  him  to  show 
himself  outside  the  door.  After  hesitating 
a  few  moments,  trying  to  think  what  he 
ought  to  do,  he  arose  and  went  out.  Then 
the  drunken  Indian  assailed  him  with  his 
tongue,  saying,  "So  many  years  ago,  you 
remember,  we  were  at  a  ball  play.  I  got  mad 
at  you  and  tried  to  kill  you  ;  but  you  were 
then  the  strongest,  and  you  whipped  me.  I 
have  never  forgotten  it.  I  mean  to  kill  you 
yet,  and  I  have  got  drunk  to-day  for  this 
very  purpose.  I  have  come  here  just  now 
to  fight  you,  and  I  shall  kill  you.  Whiskey 
makes  me  strong."  The  interpreter  said  that 
he  felt  the  Indian  in  him  growing,  and  get- 
ting stronger  than  the  Christian ;  and  he 
was  afraid  that  if  he  had  to  hear  more  of 
that  fellow's  insolence  he  would  get  too  mad, 
and,  may-be,  strike  him  ;  therefore  he  kept 
his  teeth  shut  tight  together  so  that  he 
should  not  say  a  word,  for  he  knew  that 
if  he  would  allow  himself  to  begin  to  scold, 
his  passions  would  rise  the  faster ;  but  he 
walked  up  to  the  horse's  head,  took  him  by 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  117 

the  bit,  led  him  rapidly  out  of  the  yard,  and 
with  a  smart  blow  and  a  whoop,  he  sent  them 
botli  galloping  down  the  road  ;  for  the  In- 
dian had  slightly  overdone  the  thing :  he 
had  taken  an  over-dose  of  the  stuff  that  such 
fellows  often  take  to  give  them  courage  ;  and 
instead  of  making  him  strong,  it  had  proved 
too  strong  for  him  :  it  had  made  the  strong 
man  weak. 

After  relating  the  circumstance,  the  inter- 
preter asked,  "Did  I  do  right?  Had  I  suf- 
fered him  to  remain,  very  likely  he  might 
have  killed  some  of  us.  But  I  don't  know 
when  he  may  come  back  again  ;  or  I  may 
meet  him  on  the  road  at  some  time  when  he 
happens  to  be  just  strong  enough.  These 
Indians  are  curious ;  for  when  they  get 
drunk,  they  seem  to  remember  all  their  old 
grudges — all  the  old  scores  that  they  haven't 
paid  off,  and  at  such  times  they  don't  care  if 
they  get  killed  themselves,  providing  they 
can  first  kill  their  enemy." 


118  SCENES  IN  THE 


DRUNKEN  INDIANS. 

It  is  not  pleasant  to  encounter  Indians, 
when  the  demon,  called  up  by  intemperance, 
possesses  them. 

Once,  when  riding  alone,  and  in  a  lonely 
place,  I  heard  the  discordant  whooping 
which  proceeds  only  from  those  who  are 
greatly  excited  and  thoughtless.  Soon, 
three  tall,  lank  forms  appeared  in  sight,  and 
coming  on  to  meet  me.  They  were  on  foot. 
My  horse  was  tall  and  strong,  and  had 
gradually  been  getting  up  a  strong  and 
steady  pace  that  would  carry  him  past  any 
slight  obstruction.  They  began  shouting, 
"Who  are  you?  Where  you  come  from  ? 
Where  you  going  ?"  and  were  closing  in 
around  as  if  to  shake  hands ;  we  reached 
out  a  hand  to  the  nearest  one — for  it  is  best 
to  exhibit  confidence  in  them,  and  friendli- 
ness. Good  naturedly  we  answered  all 
their  questions,  and  put  others  to  them. 
Yery  likely  they  may  have  been  peaceably 
enough  disposed  ;  but  somehow,  many  of  the 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  119 

Indians  retain  the  notion  that  all  this  country 
once  belonged  to  them,  and  by  right  should 
still  be  theirs;  that  the  white  man  robbed  them 
of  it  ;  that,  therefore,  all  his  present  wealth 
was  made  from  the  Indian's  lands,  and 
consequently,  the  Indian  has  still  a  right  to 
whatever  he  can  get  from  the  white  man. 
This  may  account  in  part  for  the  surliness 
with  which  they  receive  their  annuities  from 
the  Government ;  and  for  the  large  demands, 
and  small  thanks  with  which  they  receive 
the  missionaries  and  teachers  that  come  to 
labour  and  suffer  for  their  good  :  they  regard 
it,  not  as  a  boon,  but  as  a  debt. 

TRAVELLERS  DISTURBED. 

Two  of  the  missionaries,  one  a  minister, 
the  other  the  steward  and  farmer,  were  re- 
turning from  the  Seminole  Mission,  where 
they  had  been  to  attend  a  sacramental  meet- 
ing: the  minister  to  preach  and  administer 
the  ordinances.  Where  they  stopped  for 
the  night,  they  were  refused  admittance 
into  the  house,  and   were  only  allowed  to 


120  SCENES  IN  THE 

spread  their  blankets  under  the  open  ahed 
in  front  of  the  cabin.  There  they  were 
sleeping  soundly  after  a  hard  day's  ride. 
But  in  the  middle  of  the  night  they 
were  awakened  by  the  yelling  of  Indians, 
and  the  sound  of  many  horses'  feet  ap- 
proaching nearer  and  nearer.  Presently 
the  horses  stop,  and  no  sound  is  heard  :  then 
they  move  again,  but  only  one  approaches 
the  place  where  our  travellers  are.  He 
drew  up  before  the  cabin,  and  in  the  Indian 
language,  called  out  to  the  people  within, 
to  arise,  and  bring  him  instantly  a  drink  of 
cold  water.  But  they  had  barricaded  their 
doors  before  going  to  bed,  and  they  made 
no  answer  whatever  to  the  insolent  demand. 
The  Indian  still  sat  on  his  pony,  on  the 
other  side  of  the  low  rail  fence,  and  still 
demanding  a  drink  of  cold  water.  The  mis- 
sionaries remained  quiet  for  a  while,  till 
one  of  them,  thinking  that  if  he  should  get 
Lis  drink  of  water,  he  would  go  on  his  way, 
and  leave  them  to  their  slumbers  once  more, 
arose  and  went  to  the  spring  for  it.     The 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  121 

lordly  Indian  drank,  but  immediately  de- 
manded whiskey.  "No,"  says  the  missionary, 
"we  have  no  whiskey,"  and  immediately  went 
back  to  his  bed  again.  The  Indian  insisted 
that  there  was  whiskey  on  the  premises, 
and  he  would  not  go  away  till  he  should  get 
some,  and  he  grew  more  noisy  and  abusive. 
Now  he  dismounted,  and  came  over  the 
fence  to  where  the  travellers  were  lying. 
One  of  them,  who  was  the  farmer,  arose  and 
sat  on  one  side  of  the  table  that  stood  by 
the  wall,  and  the  Indian  leaned  or  sat  upon 
the  other  side.  "Now,"  said  the  Indian,  "  I 
must  have  some  whiskey."  The  traveller 
assured  him  that  they  had  none,  and  that  it 
would  be  an  impossibility  to  get  it. 

"  Well,  then,"  said  the  other^  "you  have 
money,  and  with  that  I  can  help  myself  to 
what  I  want.  White  men  never  travel  with- 
out money,  and  I  am  bound  to  have  some ; 
and  I  will  not  leave   you  till  I  get  it." 

"You'll  never  get  it  from  me,"said  the  tra- 
veller, in  a  slow  and  steady  voice. 

Then  the  Indian  began  drawing  out  bis 
11 


122  SCENES  IN  THE 

knife,  and  running  "his  tbumb  along  its 
edge ;  and  then  the  farmer  also  quietly  drew 
out  his  big  pocket  knife,  and  displayed  its 
long  blade.  The  Indian  was  still  talking 
largely ;  but,  apparently  without  seeming  to 
do  it  with  any  particular  design,  he  reached 
across  the  table  and  felt  the  white  man's 
arm,  before  he  ventured  to  grapple  with 
him;  and  he  found  there  a  large  round  mass 
of  hard  muscles.  The  tone  of  the  Indian's 
voice  now  changed,  and,  beating  as  honour- 
able a  retreat  as  possible,  he  left  the  travel- 
lers to  sleep  till  morning. 

So,  we  see,  presence  of  mind  and  a  strong 
arm  are  very  convenient,  oftentimes. 

ITINERATING. 

It  has  been  intimated  that,  whenever  we 
could  command  the  time,  and  could  have 
the  services  of  an  interpreter,  we  were  ac- 
customed to  spend  a  day  in  visiting  from 
village  to  village,  and  from  house  to  house, 
over  a  given  section  of  the  country.  It 
would  be  tedious  to  relate  everything  that 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  123 

might  occur  in  sucli  a  day's  work;  and  yet, 
if  we  could  but  lake  our  readers  around 
with  us  ou  two  or  three  such  excursions, 
they  would  get  a  more  correct  view  of  this 
kind  of  missionary  labour,  than  in  any  other 
way.  Suppose  you  come  with  us  then.  It 
is  a  day  in  the  month  of  December,  but  not 
very  cold ;  for  you  must  recollect  we  are  in 
latitude  36°  where  the  winters  are  not  very 
severe.  We  have  quite  sudden,  and  some- 
times extreme  changes,  however ;  therefore 
we  lay  a  heavy  overcoat  over  the  saddle, 
for  though  we  do  not  need  it  in  the  morn- 
ing, we  may  before  night.  The  interpreter 
is  well  mounted  on  his  own  horse,  and  we 
have  Wellington,  who  has  been  the  favour- 
ite of  several  missionaries,  a  noble,  intelli- 
gent, and  affectionate  creature.  We  strilie 
out  N.  W.,  towards  what  is  termed  The 
Mountain,  which  is  about  three  miles  from 
the  Mission. 

On  the  opposite  side  of  it  is  a  family,  of 
which  we  know  but  little:  they  are  never 
seen  at  church,  therefore  we  will  carry  the 


124:  SCENES  IN  THE 

gospel  to  them,  so  that  they  shall  not  have 
it  to  say  that  nobody  cared  for  their  souls. 
In  passing  through  a  stretch  of  low  land,  we 
worry  through  tall  grass  and  weeds ;  it  is 
higher  than  our  heads  while  seated  on  the 
horses'  backs. 

We  reach  the  house;  it  is  nothing  differ- 
ent from  a  great  many  others  in  the  country. 
There  is  a  field,  a  cow  pen,  and  a  small  log- 
pen,  covered  with  thatch,  for  a  stable.  A 
small  square  log-house  with  one  room,  co- 
vered with  long  narrow  pieces  of  oak  split 
thin  for  shingles,  and  these  not  nailed,  but 
held  to  their  place  by  heavy  poles  laid  along 
the  roof.  There  is  not  a  sawed  board  about 
the  premises.  The  floor  is  of  what  are  called 
puncheons — thick  plank  split  and  hewed 
tolerably  smooth  on  one  side ;  seats  are 
made  of  the  same  material.  The  table  was 
made  with  the  hatchet,  of  such  boards  as 
cover  the  roof,  and  they  are  fastened  to- 
gether with  small  wooden  pegs.  The  doors 
have  wooden  hinges  and  a  wooden  latch. 
At  the  side  of  the  room  are  holes  bored  into 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  125 

the  logs,  and  wooden  pins  driven  into  the 
holes — on  some  of  the  pins  are  placed  split 
boards:  a  few  articles  of  dress  hang  on  the 
pins,  and  a  few  dishes  are  set  on  the  shelves. 
Over  the  door,  a  well  kept  rifle  rests  on  its 
wooden  hooks. 

They  have  two  guests  whose  home  is  away 
to  the  south-west,  on  the  south  fork  of  the 
Canadian  river  ;  and  they  are  journeying  to 
the  "  Missouri  line ;"  we  did  n't  ask  if  they 
were  going  to  buy  whiskey,  though  we  sus- 
pected it  might  be  the  case.  The  guests 
were  at  breakfast.  Their  fare  was  salt  pork 
fried  hard,  corn  cake,  a  large  bowl  of  pork 
gravy  instead  of  butter,  sweet  potatoes 
boiled,  and  coffee  very  strong  without  milk 
or  sugar. 

We  make  a  few  remarks  and  inquiries, 
such  as  are  usually  heard  when  neighbours 
meet.  They  answer  in  monosyllables,  but 
make  no  inquiries  of  us.  All  is  silent,  ex- 
cept while  loe  are  speaking.  We  see  there 
is  no  such  thing  as  engaging  them  in  a  con- 
versation on  any  subject ;  so  without  fur- 
11* 


126  SCENES  IS  THE 

ther  delay  we  tell  them  wlio  we  are,  and  on 
what  business  we  have  come  all  this  distance 
on  purpose  to  see  them. 

They  know,  or  pretend  to  know,  scarce 
anything  at  all  of  the  gospel  plan  of  salva- 
tion, and  the  children,  a  half-dozen  of  them, 
seem  altogether  ignorant  on  religious  sub- 
jects; therefore  we  undertake  to  impart  as 
much  instruction  as  is  possible  to  be  given 
in  half  an  hour,  on  points  the  most  needful 
for  a  person  to  know,  if  he  were  not  to  hear 
another  sermon  before  he  goes  to  the  judg- 
ment. 

We  ask  the  children  a  few  questions 
on  what  has  been  said,  sing  a  Muskokee 
hymn,  the  interpreter  leads  in  prayer,  and 
we  rise  to  depart,  shaking  hands  all  around 
again  ;  and  while  we  stand  with  one  hand 
on  the  door-latch,  and  the  hat  in  the  other, 
a  short  dialogue  is  spoken,  through  the  in- 
terpreter. 

"  Now  Mr. ,  we  shall  see  you  at  meet- 
ing at  the  Mission  next  Sabbath,  won't  we  ?" 
"  Don't  know  when  that  day  comes."     "  It 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  127 

comes  day  after  to-morrow — you  will  be  there, 
won't  you?"  "Doubtful."  "  Why  not  come?" 
"  Too  far."  "  Its  only  about  three  miles." 
"  Too  far."  "  No,  it's  not  too  far,  if  you  may 
there  be  told  how  to  find  the  way  to  heaven. 
Think  of  these  children.  Don't  you  wish  to 
have  them  instructed  in  the  way  to  worship 
God,  and  to  secure  immortal  life?"  He 
makes  no  reply,  only  mutters  something  to 
himself;  and  again,  and  finally  we  ask,  "You 
will  bring  all  your  family  over  to  the  Mission 
next  Sabbath,  won't  you?  Half-past  tea  is 
the  time.     Good  day." 

THE  VISION. 

The  next  place  we  will  take  you  to  is  the 
residence  of  the  Mekko  or  king  of  Osichee 
town.  He  is  the  Mekko  No.  2.  He  has 
no  seat  or  vote  in  the  national  council,  but 
has  more  influence  in  his  own  town,  and 
amongst  his  own  clan,  than  the  Mekko  No.  1, 
who  is  a  member  of  the  council  of  the  na- 
tion. The  secret  of  their  preference  for  one 
above  the  other  is,  that  No.  1  receives  pay 


128  SCENES  IJS"  THE 

for  his  services,  and  No.  2  does  not.  In  the 
same  way  they  "take  to"  ministers  and  physi- 
cians. They  have  strong  prejudices  against 
a  *' hireling  priesthood  ;"  but  a  fondness  for 
any  ox  that  will  patiently  tread  out  the  corn 
with  the  mouth  muzzled. 

The  interpreter  expressed  fears  that  we 
might  not  be  cordially  received  should  the 
Mekko  be  at  home,  for  he  knew  him  to  be  a 
bitter  enemy  to  Christianity  and  its  reforms; 
and  stoutly  attached  to  all  the  old  Indian 
ceremonies  and  traditions. 

We  find  two  cabins  near  each  other,  and 
both  seem  to  be  occupied.  This  looks  as 
if  the  man  had  two  wives ;  and  it  is  not 
unlawful,  we  believe,  for  a  man  in  this  na- 
tion to  take  as  many  wives  as  he  can  sup- 
port ;  at  any  rate,  polygamy  is  practised 
here  to  some  extent.  We  go  up  to  one  of 
the  cabins,  and  knock  at  the  door.  A  faint 
voice  bids  us  come  in.  The  occupant  of  the 
room  is  a  poor  sick  woman,  apparently  near 
her  death ;  it  is  the  Mekko's  wife.  She  is 
free  to  converse — says  she  is  glad,  very  glad 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  129 

to  see  us  ;  she  seems  hungry  for  instruction, 
and  puts  away  the  bed  clothes  from  her  ears, 
and  stretches  out  her  head  towards  the  inter- 
preter, so  as  to  catch  every  word. 

She  has  "  an  expedience,"  and  seems  de- 
sirous that  we  should  hear  it,  and  give  an 
opinion  as  to  whether  it  is  sufficient  to  base  a 
hope  on.  Former!}^  (as  she  proceeds  to  re- 
late) she  had  been  in  the  practice  of  going  to 
preaching  whenever  opportunity  was  afford- 
ed ;  but  she  had  never  felt  any  special  inter- 
est in  religion,  or  alarm  in  respect  to  her 
spiritual  condition,  till  she  was  taken  sick;  and 
she  was  very  sick  and  getting  worse ;  and  so 
she  continued  for  many  weeks,  and  they  told 
her  she  must  die. 

One  day  her  man  was  gone  to  procure 
something  for  her,  and  there  was  no  person 
in  the  house,  and  all  was  still  around;  when 
she  heard  ( imagined  she  heard )  the  sound 
of  a  great  multitude  of  voices  far,  far  up  in 
the  sky,  and  they  were  singing — oh,  so  beau- 
tifully were  they  singing!  faintly  at  first, 
but  gradually  descending  towards  the  earth, 


130  SCENES  IN  THE 

and  their  music  swelling  more  full  and  loud 
till  it  seemed  to  be  just  at  the  door,  and  she 
expected  the  next  moment  to  behold  the 
glory-clad  visitants  from  heaven  ;  but  then 
the  singing  ceased,  and  she  saw  and  heard 
no  more. 

From  that  time  she  began  to  think  seri- 
ously about  death,  and  to  wish  for  that  pre- 
paration for  it  which  was  necessary,  what- 
ever that  preparation  might  be.  She  spent 
much  time  in  prayer  and  tried  to  be  good. 
Afterwards  she  recovered ;  and  for  a  long 
time  she  attended  preaching  when  there  was  a 
meeting  within  reach — she  sung  and  prayed, 
and  endeavoured  to  do  right,  and  thought 
she  was  succeeding  pretty  well  in  pleasing 
God,  and  getting  a  preparation  for  death. 
But  unfortunately,  a  neighbour  woman  came 
in  and  talked  saucily  and  provoked  her,  and 
she  scolded  back;  and  then  her  good  feelings 
left  her,  and  she  felt  ugly  and  wicked ;  and 
after  that  she  did  n't  strive  any  more  to  be 
good.  But  very  soon  after  this  she  was  ta- 
ken sick  again  ;  and  she  had  no  doubt  that 


'  INDIAN  COUNTRY.  131 

it  was  in  judgment  from  God,  because  sbe 
flew  into  that  passion  and  scolded  the 
woman,  and  ceased  praying  and  singing 
hymns  ;  and  now  she  feared  she  should  never 
arise  from  that  sick  bed  again,  and  she  did 
not  feel  at  all  easy  in  regard  to  her  prepar- 
ation for  the  next  world ;  but  then — and 
this  was  the  straw  which  the  drowning  wo- 
man was  catching  at — but  then  she  had  heard 
(fancied  she  had  heard)  that  sweet  sing- 
ing such  as  mortals  could  not  equal — what 
did  that  mean,  she  argued,  unless  it  was  that 
"  Hesaketumese"  ( God)  had  taken  this  meth- 
od to  give  her  a  sign  that  he  was  pleased 
with  her  ? 

We  told  her  what  we  thought  of  it,  that  it 
was  probably  a  sort  of  dream — she  might 
have  been  half  asleep,  and  half  awake.  We 
told  her  that  she  needed  a  better  hope  than 
that ;  she  needed  to  see  herself  a  sinner,  and 
Christ  the  Saviour  of  sinners.  We  told  her, 
and  endeavoured  to  explain  how  it  was,  that 
her  prayers  and  hymns  in  themselves,  and 
her  trying  to  be  good,  had  not  been  helping 


132  SCENES  IN  THE 

her  on  to  heaven  at  all ;  for  we  are  so  imper- 
fect, while  God  is  so  holy,  and  his  law  so  high, 
that  nothing  but  the  righteousness  of  Christ 
can  reach  it. 

For  a  longtime  we  talked  to  her,  shelistened 
with  almost  painful  earnestness.  We  alluded 
to  the  subject  of  her  dream,  or  her  fancy— 
the  music  of  the  heavenly  inhabitants  ;  and 
we  told  her  that  none  can  join  in  that  song 
but  those  who  have  been  taught  it  by  the 
Holy  Spirit,  and  she  could  be  taught  it: 
God  was  ready  to  forgive  all  her  sins;  Christ 
was  ready  to  wash  her  in  his  blood ;  the 
Holy  Spirit  was  ready  to  sanctify  her  whol- 
ly ;  she  had  only  to  cry,  "  God  be  merciful 
to  me  a  sinner ;"  but  she  must  do  it  in  all 
earnestness,  and  look  nowhere  else  for  help; 
and  now  was  the  time  if  ever,  for  her  days 
on  the  earth  were  few,  it  was  very  likely,  as 
her  friends  had  warned  her. 

During  our  conversation  other  members 
of  the  family  had  gathered  into  the  room, 
and  remained  eager  listeners. 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  133 

After  singing  and  prayer  we  pass  on. 
The  woman  lived  but  a  day  or  two;  and 
whether,  when  the  soul  was  freed  from  the 
body,  angels  bore  it  home  to  join  in  their 
song,  and  the  song  of  the  redeemed,  we  will 
not  know  till  we  also  get  there,  if  indeed 
that  blessedness  shall  be  granted  us. 

ANOTHER  VISION. 

When  we  were  on  our  way  again,  I  said 
to  the  interpreter,  "Indians  seem  to  be  fa- 
voured with  more  dreams  and  visions  than 
other  people,  don't  they  ?"  "  I  guess  so," 
be  said,  '*  they  must  imagine  these  things; 
or  may-be  their  eyes  are  sharper  than  white 
men's.  They  see  ghosts,  and  witches,  and 
such  like,  a  great  deal  easier  than  you  do, 
you  know.''  And  then  he  proceeded  to  re- 
hearse part  of  a  conversation  which  he  over- 
heard the  other  day,  between  two  old  men  ; 
one  an  Indian,  the  other  a  negro.  The  old 
Indian  was  boasting  that  he  was  never  going 
to  die,  at  least,  not  for  many  years  yet. 
"IIow  do  you  know  that?"  asked  the  negro. 

12 


134  SCENES  IN  THE 

"  Because,"  responded  the  other,  ''  I  had  a 
vision  lately,  ahd  the  prophet  has  inter- 
preted it  to  me  as  meaning  that  I  shall 
never  die,  or,  at  any  rate,  not  for  a  great 
while  yet."  "  Well,  what  was  your  vision  ?" 
asked  the  negro.  "  Well,  it  was  this,"  said 
the  other.  "  I  saw  God  ;  that  was  the  amount 
of  it."  "  Saw  God  !  and  how  did  he  look  ?" 
*'  Why  he  was  an  old  man,  with  white  locks, 
a  row  of  great  white  feathers  stood  out 
across  his  back,  and  there  was  a  circle  of 
fire  all  around  him,  and  it  was  very  hot,  so 
that  nobody  could  come  near  him."  "  Ha  !" 
said  the  negro.  "  More  like  it  was  the  devil 
you  saw  ;  for  the  Scriptures  say  that  no 
man  hath  seen  God's  shape,  and  no  man 
could  see  him  and  live." 

ODDLY  CONSTRUCTED  VEHICLES. 

On  our  way,  we  meet  a  yoke  of  oxen  haul- 
ing a  primitive  kind  of  wagon.  The  wheels 
are  nothing  more  nor  less  than  sections  of  a 
saw-log — a  very  short  saw-log,  say  about 
four  inches  long,  and  two  feet  in  diameter, 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  135 

with  the  heart  chiselled  out,  and  this  runs 
on  the  axle.  Soon  another  carriage  is  met, 
more  primitive  yet :  it  is  nothing  more  nor 
less  than  the  crotch  of  a  tree,  in  the  shape 
of  the  letter  Y,  with  the  sharp  end  forward 
and  upright  stakes  set  in  to  hold  the  load 
on.  There  are  good  wagons  in  the  country, 
but  not  very  many  of  the  Indians  are  rich 
enough  to  own  one. 

JOURNAL  CONTINUED. 

We  approach  heavy  timber ;  and  now  we 
come  to  a  "branch "near  to  its  junction 
with  the  Yerdigris.  We  have  to  descend  a 
steep  bank.  It  is  far  down  to  the  water, 
and  is  dark  on  account  of  the  overhanging 
trees:  the  interpreter,  however,  makes  no- 
thing of  it,  and  keeps  his  seat  in  the  saddle, 
humming  a  hymn  to  himself,  while  his  horse 
is  carefully  trying  to  hold  himself  from 
plunging  headlong  down  the  almost  precipi- 
tous foot  path  ;  but  I  was  afraid,  and  dis- 
mounted, and  led  the  horse  down  to  the 
water's  edge,  then   remounting,  we  forded, 


136  SCENES  IN  THE 

and  clambered  up  the  opposite  bank.  Sooq 
we  emerge  from  the  thick  woods,  and  come 
into  the  "  openings,"  where  are  scattering 
trees.  The  earth  is  covered  with  grass, 
very  rank ;  the  fire  has  not  yet  run  through 
it,  but  it  is  dry ;  yet  near  the  ground  it  is 
still  green — here,  and  all  about  over  the 
country,  is  space  for  thousands  of  farms, 
and  pasture  for  such  a  stock  as  Job  had,  and 
that  many  times  over.  It  is  a  long  stretch 
now  till  we  come  to  the  Osichee  busk  house, 
and  "  square :"  a  desolate  country  it  is  to 
ride  over,  and  not  a  habitation  in  sight ; 
not  a  person  do  we  meet,  nor  have  we  any 
trail,  not  even  a  cattle  path.  It  is  past  noon 
when  we  arrive  at  the  busk  house.  We 
find  here,  and  in  the  vicinity,  several  fami- 
lies. The  women  and  children  are  at  home, 
but  no  men  are  seen.  The  people  seem 
poor  :  they  are  scantily  clad  ;  some  of  the 
little  ones  almost  naked :  the  women  show 
but  little  taste  or  ambition  to  appear  well. 
Their  busk  house  is  a  rude  affair  ;  merely 
crotches  set  in  the  ground,  and  covered  with 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  137 

poles  and  bushes.  We  are  not  at  all  cor- 
dially received  here;  the  children  are  rude, 
and  the  women  are  surly.  We  begin  to 
talk  with  one,  and  she  starts  out  to  pick  up 
sticks  to  replenish  a  feeble  fire  outside  of 
the  house,  over  which  is  a  small  black  pot, 
in  which,  perhaps,  is  their  dinner.  They 
do  not  even  ask  us  to  a  seat.  The  sun  is 
very  warm  now,  and  we  are  weary,  and  begin 
too,  to  feel  the  want  of  some  refreshment, 
but  that  we  will  not  find  till  we  get  home ; 
and  this  cold  reception  is  very  dishearten- 
ing, and  causes  us  to  feel  our  bodily  fatigue 
more ;  but  we  ride  on,  going  southerly,  then 
bending  around  towards  the  south-east,  on 
a  trail  which  will  take  us  home.  By  and 
by  we  come  to  a  house,  in  which  we  find 
several  people.  They  are  better  dressed, 
and  more  polite  than  some  we  were  last 
with.  A  few  rods  from  the  house,  we  had 
stopped  to  speak  with  a  couple  of  men  who 
were  putting  up  a  little  structure  over  a 
new  made  grave — a  miniature  cabin  it  was. 
It  was  the  grave  of  an  Indian  that  I  had  seen 

12* 


138  SCENES  IN  THE 

and  conversed  with,  only  three  or  four  days 
before,  at  a  gathering  where  the  chiefs  were 
distributing  the  annuities  just  received  from 
Washington.  This  man  had  exposed  him- 
self; perhaps  had  slept  on  the  ground,  and 
without  covering,  and  his  camp  fire  had 
gone  out ;  for  it  was  a  cold  and  rainy  time. 
He  took  a  violent  cold,  which  seized  some 
vital  part — the  pleura,  or  the  lungs,  and  he 
died  in  a  day  or  two.  "  The  Cold  Plague," 
they  call  it;  and  many  go  off  in  this  way. 

Some  of  the  neighbours  and  relatives  were 
at  the  house,  and  we  tried  to  improve  the  oc- 
casion by  some  timely  instruction  on  the  sub- 
ject of  death;  the  state  after  death,  the  pre- 
paration needed,  and  the  consolations  those 
may  have  who  have  lost  friends  that  gave 
evidence  of  having  been  the  friends  of  God, 
and  are  now  taken  to  dwell  for  ever  with  him. 
But  our  conversation  did  not  seem  to  be 
relished  by  them,  and  that  dampened  our 
spirits  again.  "  Who  hath  believed  our  re- 
port?" we  say. 

The  widow  of  the  deceased  was  there,  and 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  139 

of  all  the  company,  she  alone  refused  to 
shake  hands  with  us.  She  had,  already,  by 
her  friends,  been  put  into  what  they  call 


Which  must  continue  for  three  years, 
though  they  may  reckon  the  years  like  as 
do  some  of  the  Asiatic  nations ;  not  neces- 
sarily three  whole  years,  or  three  times  three 
hundred  and  sixty  five  days ;  but  there 
may  be  parts  of  the  three  years  as  marked 
by  the  annual  revolution  of  the  earth — 
there  may  be  in  the  time  during  which 
they  are  so  "  devoted  "  only  a  part  of  the 
first  and  third  years,  with  the  whole  of  the 
second. 

Some  have  thought  that  this  may  be  some- 
thing resembling  the  vow  of  the  Nazarite  ; 
or  like  the  perpetual  virginity  or  widowhood 
of  Jephthah's  daughter. 

During  the  time  of  her  widowhood,  a 
woman  is  appointed  to  take  care  of  her ;  it 
may  be  her  mother-in-law,  or  sister-in-law. 
This  woman  must  feed  her,  comb  her  hair, 


140  SCENES  IN  THE 

and  attend  her  wherever  she  goes.  The 
widow  may  not  shake  hands  with  a  man 
during  the  time  of  her  widowhood ;  for 
should  she  do  it  the  charm  is  broken,  and 
she  must  commence  anew.  Of  course  she 
may  not  marry  during  the  time,  and  when 
at  length  she  does  marry  it  must  be  under 
the  direction  of  the  relatives  of  her  former 
husband,  and  a  person  of  his  clan  ;  but  if  no 
suitable  person  can  be  found  in  that  clan,  she 
is  at  liberty  to  marry  as  she  pleases. 

The  penalty  (according  to  the  statute)  for 
breaking  these  rules,  is  to  be  beaten  by  the  re- 
latives of  the  deceased  husband,  and  to  have 
both  the  ears  cut  off.  AVidowers  are  like- 
wise put  under  similar  restrictions,  but  the 
season  of  widowhood  is  shorter — only  four 
months.  The  penalties  however  are  the 
same. 

How  the  Indians  came  by  these,  and  many 
other  customs  which  bear  not  a  faint  resem- 
blance to  some  of  the  old  Levitical  rites,  we 
will  not  now  stop  to  inquire.  But  really  it 
may  well  awaken  a  curiosity,  and  we  have 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  14.1 

a  right  to  wonder  if  some,  at  least,  of  the 
aborigines  of  this  continent  did  not  come 
around  from  Asia  by  Behring's  Strait,  bring- 
ing with  them  some  of  the  traditions  bor- 
rowed from  the  Jews,  if  indeed  they  were 
not  stragglers  of  the  lost  Ten  Tribes. 

But  we  are  detaining  you  with  scraps  of 
the  conversation  which  we  had  with  the 
interpreter  on  the  way  home. 

When  we  start  again  it  is  with  the  pur- 
pose of  going  through  without  any  more 
stops.  The  weather  has  now  changed,  and 
we  need  that  big  coat ;  it  is  raining  too,  and 
there's  a  prospect  of  a  wet,  dark  night  Dis- 
regarding the  trial,  we  take  a  direct  course  to 
the  Mission;  which  however  is  not  always  best, 
and  seldom  safe  unless  you  travel  by  compass, 
or  with  an  experienced  guide  who  knows 
where  to  cross  the  sloughs  and  the  ravines. 

As  we  neared  the  Mission,  the  interpreter 
turned  to  me  inquiring,  *'  And  what  should 
a  man  do  when  he  is  coming  home?"  This 
requires  that  we  explain  a  short  conversa- 
tion of  the  morning  about 


Ii2  SCENES  IN  THE 


SOAKING  THE  SEED. 


We  were  in  sight  of  the  first  house  on 
our  outward  journey,  and  were  riding  slowly 
along ;  neither  of  us  having  spoken  for  some 
minutes,  when  I  broke  the  silence  by  asking 
the  interpreter,  "Are  you  soaking  the  seed, 

Mr.   W ?"     "Am    I    what?"   said    he. 

"  Are  you  soaking  the  seed  ?"  I  repeated. 
Then  I  had  to  repeat,  as  nearly  as  I  remem- 
bered it,  the  anecdote  respecting  the  clergy- 
man who  was  lamenting  to  his  brother 
clergyman  that  though  he  endeavoured  to 
be  faithful  and  abundant  in  all  his  minis- 
terial labours,  sowing  good  seed  ;  yet  he 
saw  no  apparent  fruits  of  his  work  in  the 
conversion  of  sinners  :  and  his  neighbour 
replied,  "Do  you  soa^  your  seed,  brother? 
The  ground  may  be  properly  prepared,  and 
the  seed  may  be  good^  but  do  you  soak  it  ?" 
By  which,  as  we  explained  to  the  inter- 
preter, he  meant,  Do  you  pray  over  the 
word  as  you  study  and  preach  ?     Do  you  go 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  143 

forth  weeping  while  you  bear  the  precious 
seed  ? 

And  again  addressing  the  interpreter  we 
added,  "By  your  silence  and  seriousness, 
one  might  presunne  that  you  were  thus 
soaking  the  good  seed  of  the  word — pray- 
ing for  God's  blessing  on  all  the  work  of  the 
day  before  us." 

He  seemed  pleased  with  this  new  way  of 
expressing  an  idea,  and  of  illustrating  a 
duty  with  which  he  was  already  familiar: 
and  as  appeared,  had  not  forgotten  it  through 
the  day ;  and  after  that  day's  planting  was 
done,  he  enquires  what  else  there  was  to  be 
done.  "  When  we  go  out,  we  must  soak  the 
seed.  When  we  come  back,  what  shall  we 
do  ?"  We  replied,  "  How  do  you  treat 
your  garden  ?  You  plant  not  only,  but  you 
hoe,  and  pull  up  weeds,  and  kill  the  insects 
and  vermin  ;  if  it  is  a  dry  time,  you  yater 
the  tender  plants ;  and  you  keep  it  well 
fenced.  Now  all  this  must  be  done  in  our 
spiritual  garden.  It  is  not  enough  to  go 
over  the  ground  once;  we  will  have  to  visit 


lii  SCENES  IN  THE 

it  again  and  again.  We  will  have  to  '  get 
up  early  to  the  vineyards  and  see  if  the  vine 
flourish,  whether  the  tender  grape  appear, 
and  the  pomegranates  bud  forth.'  " 

That  man  is  a  preacher  now,  and  we  trust 
that  he  does  not  forget  to  soak  the  seed,  nor 
grow  weary  in  the  equally  necessary  work 
of  watering  the  plants. 

FOOT  PRINTS  IN  THE  ROCK. 

On  our  return  we  must  have  come  very  near 
the  rocks  which  have  the  "  foot  prints  ;"  a 
broad  space  of  bare  rocks,  it  is,  in  a  low 
place  too,  and  water  runs  over  a  part  of  it,  and 
it  is  marked  all  over  with  tracks  of  people, 
large  and  small  ;  but  for  the  ring  of  your 
horse's  hoofs  you  might  suppose  you  were 
ridinor  over  a  bed  of  mud  all  tracked  over. 
The  Indians  have  been  questioned  about  it, 
but  from  their  various  accounts,  it  is  clear 
that  the  present  owners  of  the  country  know 
nothing  more  about  them  than  we  would  be 
able  to  conjecture.  Some  suppose  that  they 
were  cut  by  Indians  once  living,  or  roaming 


INDIAN"  COUNTRY.  145 

hereabouts,  to  warn  their  friends  that  there 
were  enemies  near  ;  and  that  the  bearing  of 
the  tracks  indicated  the  direction  in  which 
the  foe  was  marching.  In  another  place,  we 
were  told,  were  similar  foot  marks  of  deer, 
and  other  game.  This  they  said  was  prob- 
ably made  as  a  sign  that  such  game  was  in 
the  neighbourhood.  Bather  a  tedious  way 
of  talking  by  the  impromptu  method  of  signs 
it  struck  us ;  but  as  we  had  no  more  plausible 
theory  to  offer,  we  let  it  pass.  We  visited  that 
locality  once  in  company  with  a  friend,  who 
had  provided  himself  with  chisel  and  mallet, 
and  bag.  He  selected  a  pair  of  large  moc- 
casoned  foot  prints  which  were  found  side 
by  side ;  he  cut  a  channel  around  them,  and 
deeper  than  the  foot  prints,  and  then  split 
off  the  slab.  He  contended  strongly  that  it 
was  a  "  recent  formation  ;"  others  tried  to 
prove  to  him  that  the  tracks  were  cut  with 
some  instrument.  However,  he  boxed  up 
his  specimen,  and  forwarded  it  to  the  Smith- 
sonian Institute. 

13 


146  SCENES  TN  THE 


ANOTHER   DAY'S  WORK. 

Early  on  the  morning  of  a  day  in  Febru- 
ary we  started  from  the  Tallahassa  Mission 
for  a  day  of  missionary  work  in  a  town  ly- 
ing in  the  fork  of  the  Yerdigris  and  Arkan- 
sas river.  We  rode  directly  there,  that  we 
might  have  as  much  of  the  day  as  possible 
for  visiting  the  families  of  the  village. 

Passing  a  store  kept  by  a  white  trader,  all 
the  living  thing  we  saw  was  the  merchant, 
with  a  bland  smile,  giving  the  morning  sal- 
utation to  a  hard  looking,  very  black,  and 
very  small  specimen  of  an  Indian,  who  had 
dismounted  from  a  little  black  pony,  and 
who  was  coming  towards  the  store  with  a 
little  black  bottle,  to  get  it  filled  there  or 
somewhere  else  with  that  liquid  which  leads 
to  the  perpetration  of  so  many  black  crimes, 
and  which  hurries  so  many  ruined  souls  to 
the  place  of  outer  darkness.  We  paid  but 
little  attention  to  either  of  the  parties;  not 
dreaming  that  we  were  again  that  day  to  en- 
counter the  same  dark  trio. 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  147 


This  village  bears  the  name  of 


TULSEY  TOWN. 

And  there  is  another  place  of  the  same 
name,  we  believe,  farther  up  the  country; 
but  both  belong  to  one  clan.  The  latter 
town,  as  we  notice  in  the  last  Annual  Report, 
is  an  out  station  of  the  Kowetah  Mission, 
and  there  were  several  additions  to  the 
Church  from  these  people.  We  found  their 
settlement  on  the  rich  land  of  the  river 
bottom,  where  the  trees  grow  larger;  and  to 
make  a  clearing  for  a  farm  must  have  been 
a  formidable  undertaking.  These  are  the 
peccan  tree,  the  cottonwood,  oaks,  and  hick- 
ory, and  a  great  many  others,  with  their 
trailing  vines ;  and  some  of  these  vines  had 
trunks  from  four  to  six  inches  through. 
Along  the  edges  of  the  forest,  and  in  the 
openings,  many  of  the  great  trees  were  spot- 
ted over  with  great  tufts  of  green  ;  this  is 
the  "  misletoe  bough." 

We  proceed  first  to  the  farthest  house  in 
the  settlement,  intending  if  possible  to  see 


MB  SCENES  IN  THE 

and  have  conversation  with  every  individual 
to  be  found  in  it.  At  this  house  they  had 
just  been  butchering  a  beef,  and  several 
men  were  about.  They  made  no  objection 
to  giving  us  a  little  time ;  and  all  gathered 
before  the  door  under  the  thatched  shed,  and 
we  had  a  short  religious  service.  Some  of 
these  people  were  friends  of  our  Master ; 
and  they  welcomed  us  to  their  town,  and 
thanked  us  for  the  words  of  instruction  and 
consolation.  That  was  a  cheering  begin- 
ning of  our  day's  labour. 

Next  we  made  our  way  towards  a  very 
little  hut.  As  we  drew  near,  a  woman  came 
out,  and  attempted  to  escape  into  the  woods 
which  were  close  by.  She  was  a  frightfully 
squalid  creature.  We  judged  that  she  was 
in  widowhood,  and  that  those  whose  business 
it  should  be  to  attend  to  her  toilet  were  ne- 
glecting their  duty ;  and  that  her  fear  of  be- 
ing asked  to  shake  hands  might  account  for 
her  vehement  haste  to  get  away  from  us. 
Her  hair  was  hanging  in  matted  bunches  ; 
the   remnants  of  an  old  calico  dress  were 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  149 

still  hanging  about  her  ;  a  dirty  and  tattered 
shawl  or  blanket  was  drawn  close  over  her 
head  and  shoulders. 

We  wished  to  arrest  her  flight,  if  it  were 
only  for  a  few  moments,  just  enough  to 
speak  a  word  or  two,  which  might  lead  her 
to  think  about  her  soul,  and  the  importance 
of  obtaining  a  preparation  for  that  place 
where  there  is  no  more  widowhood,  and 
where  the  days  of  mourning  are  ended.  To 
our  morning  salutation,  she  made  no  an- 
swer :  to  some  other  inquiries  she  simply 
waved  the  hand,  and  would  have  hurried 
into  the  woods ;  but  we  tried  again  to  arrest 
her  attention,  and  we  asked  if  she  had  ever 
heard  about  Jesus.  To  this  she  answered, 
"Yes  ;"  and  said  that  her  son  had  sometimes 
been  to  meeting,  and  when  he  came  home, 
told  her  what  the  preacher  had  said.  And 
this  was  the  sum  of  our  conversation  with 
her. 

Two  small  children  were  playing  in  the 

dirt,  near  the  house ;  but  it  could  not  make 

them  anv  more  dirty  than  they  were. 
13-*" 


wo  SCENES  IN  THE 

In  the  house  where  we  next  stopped,  we 
found  a  young  man  and  two  women.  "We 
had  no  difficulty  in  introducing  the  subject 
of  religion  here.  They  professed  to  be  dis- 
ciples of  Jesus,  and  as  far  as  we  could  judge, 
they  bore  pleasing  marks  of  being  disciples 
indeed.  As  we  read  portions  of  Scripture^ 
and 'Commented  on  them,  they  listened  with 
an  interest  not  usually  manifested  by  In- 
dians; and  in  the  hymn  and  prayer  they 
joined  in  that  manner  that  warm-hearted 
Christians  are  wont  to  do.  It  was  pleasant 
to  sit  with  them,  though  it  was  on  a  narrow 
stool  in  a  little  cabin,  with  no  light  when 
the  door  was  closed,  except  the  few  sooty 
rays  which  came  down  the  stick  chimney. 

The  falling  tears,  and  the  earnest  pressure 
of  the  hand  when  we  parted,  was  an  assur- 
ance that  our  visit  was  gratefully  received. 
There  is  a  peculiarly  delightful,  grateful 
feeling,  which  we  would  in  vain  attempt  to 
describe  to  any  person  that  had  not  felt  it ; 
that  feeling  which  one  who  has  long  been 
living  amongst  those  who  are  strangers  to 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  151 

Christ,  and  who  are  the  enemies  to  religion, 
has,  when  he  meets  with  a  friend  of  Christ — 
a  converted  pagan,  now  loving  the  Saviour 
whom  he  loves,  singing  the  songs  which  he 
sings,  able  to  join  with  him  in  the  same 
prayer,  and  longing  for  the  same  heavenly 
inheritance. 

We  continued  in  this  manner  to  go  from 
house  to  house ;  but  time  wore  on,  and  we 
were  likely  to  fall  far  short  of  accomplish- 
ing our  desire  of  visiting  every  family  ; 
therefore,  that  we  might  have  an  opportu- 
nity of  delivering  our  message  to  every  in- 
habitant of  the  place,  we  attempted  to  gather 
all  the  people  in  one  place  and  preach  to 
them.  A  central  position  was  selected,  and 
permission  obtained  of  the  inmates  of  the 
cabin  to  hold  our  meeting  before  their  door. 
"We  went  about  circulating  the  notice,  and 
requested  others  to  do  the  same. 

While  the  people  were  collecting,  I  went 
inside  the  cabin,  and  there  found  a  poor 
suffering  creature — - 


152  SCENES  IN  THE 


A  SICK  WOMAN. 

She  was  lying  before  the  fire-place,  ia 
which  were  two  half-burnt  sticks,  and  the 
smoke,  instead  of  going  up  the  chimney, 
was  wandering  about  the  room.  She  had 
scarcely  any  dress,  and  no  other  cover- 
ing ;  and  had  only  two  narrow  split  boards 
to  keep  her  emaciated  body  from  the  damp 
earth  ;  for  the  cabin  had  no  floor.  She  said 
that  her  husband  sold  whiskey,  and  drank  it 
too;  that  he  was  absent  that  day.  She 
voluntarily  confessed,  and  with  the  signs  of 
a  troubled  conscience,  that  she  had  helped 
him  in  the  shameful  business  of  obtaining, 
secreting,  and  dealing  out  the  fire-water. 

She  could  talk  a  little  in  broken  English, 
and  we  had  some  conversation,  which,  per- 
haps, may  have  been  profitable  to  her.  She 
was  sensible  that  her  time  was  short.  Her 
previous  life  gave  her  no  satisfaction  when 
she  looked  back  over  it ;  the  present  was 
gloomy  and  troubled,  and  the  future  was  all 
uncertain.     In  youth,  she   was   giddy,  and 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  153 

spent  her  time  in  frolics,  and  going  about 
seeking  pleasure;  when  she  became  a  wo- 
man, slie  was  still  thoughtless  and  wicked ; 
when  thoughts  about  death  and  eternity 
came  into  her  mind,  she  hastily  drove  them 
out  again.  But  now,  for  three  or  four 
months  she  had  been  sick,  and  for  much  of 
the  time,  had  been  lying  as  I  saw  her,  un- 
able to  cook  her  husband's  victuals,  or  even 
to  help  herself  When  he  went  away,  he  left 
scarce  anything  for  her  comfort,  and  when 
he  returned,  it  was  to  ill-treat  her.  Her 
notions  about  a  future  state  were  much  con- 
fused ;  but  she  had  heard  too  much  of  the 
Bible  and  its  teachings,  and  was  too  well 
convinced  of  its  truth,  to  feel  at  ease  in  the 
creed  of  the  Indian,  viz :  that  the  Great 
Spirit,  being  their  father,  has  a  hunting 
ground  for  them,  and  that  he  will  certainly 
take  all  his  red  children  to  it.  She  desired 
to  know  how  to  avoid  going  to  the  place  of 
torment ;  and  as  we  undertook  to  explain 
to  her,  in  few  words,  how  the  sinner  may 
flee  from  the  wrath  to  come,  and  lay  hold 


154  SCENES  IN  THE 

on  eternal  life,  she  turned  up  her  haggard 
face,  and  with  her  trembling,  bony  fingers 
put  aside  the  uncombed  hair,  as  we  told  of 
Him  who  came  to  save  sinners,  even  the 
chief — that  we  have  only  to  feel  our  need 
of  him,  and  to  cry,  Lord,  save  or  I  perish. 
We  told  her  of  his  acts  of  love  and  mercy, 
while  on  the  earth  ;  how  he  healed  the  sick 
and  forgave  sins  ;  how  the  thief  on  the  cross 
found  pardon.  We  told  her  of  the  mansions 
which  Jesus  had  gone  to  prepare,  and  if  she 
was  only  willing  to  be  his  friend,  he  would, 
by  and  by,  come  and  take  her  home  to  him- 
self. 

But  she  was  afraid  she  could  not  understand 
all  this ;  her  mind,  she  said,  was  dark,  and 
her  heart  was  hard,  and  she  had  been  such 
a  wicked  woman;  but  she  felt  that  there 
could  be  but  few  more  days  for  her  on  the 
earth,  and  what  must  she  do?  Poor  woman ! 
what  indeed  could  she  do  ?  We  prayed 
that  she  might  be  able  to  see  the  whole 
truth ;  to  see  that  she  was  lost,  and  unless 
Jesus  rescued  her  she  would  be  lost  for  ever ; 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  155 

and  we  directed  her  to  pray — even  as  she 
lay  there  on  the  ground,  for  Jesus  was 
present  everywhere — to  pray  to  Jesus  telling 
him  that  she  was  poor,  and  ignorant,  and 
dull;  that  she  was  a  sinner,  and  had  no 
goodness ;  and  beg  him  to  have  mercy  and 
help  her,  forgive  her  sins,  and  give  her  a  new 
heart.  We  assured  her  that  if  she  would 
with  all  her  heart  offer  this  prayer,  and  con- 
tinue to  offer  it,  Christ  would  hear  and 
answer  :  for  he  says,  "  Him  that  cometh  to 
me,  I  will  in  no  wise  cast  out." 

We  felt  that  it  was  a  great  privilege  to 
be  able  to  point  a  dying  fellow  creature  to 
the  Lamb  of  God  that  taketh  away  sin  ;  and 
we  earnestly  prayed  to  Him  whose  gospel  is 
prepared  for  the  poor,  that  he  would  now 
look  in  compassion  upon  her  who  was 
every  way  so  wretched  and  miserable  ;  open- 
ing the  eyes  of  her  understanding,  taking 
away  her  sins,  and  clothing  her  in  his  own 
righteousness. 


156  SCENES  IN  THE 

**THIS  BE  INDIAN  HUNTING  GROUND." 

A  company  of  perhaps  twenty  people  had 
assembled  in  the  yard,  on  the  leeward  side 
of  the  house  :  there  were  no  men  in  the 
company,  but  women  and  children  only. 
The  women  with  blankets  drawn  lightly 
over  their  heads,  and  witli  their  shy  looks  ; 
the  children  bare-headed,  and  bare-footed. 

The  service  was  proceeding  pleasantly; 
we  were  engaged  in  reading  and  explaining 
a  portion  of  the  word  of  God ;  all  was  still ; 
the  audience  was  attentive,  and  the  door  of 
the  cabin  was  a-jar  so  that  the  sick  woman 
might  hear ;  when  all  at  once  there  was 
a  nervous  movement  in  the  company,  as 
when  the  leaves  of  the  forest  are  stirred  by 
a  single  puff  of  wind.  Then  all  was  still 
again  ;  they  held  their  breath  ;  every  head 
was  inclined,  and  the  open  ears,  held  in  a 
certain  direction:  then  asimultaneous  "hiih;" 
and  then  our  own  dull  ears  caught  the  sound 
of  an  Indian  whooping ;  and  then  the  clatter- 
iog  of  horses'  hoofs  coming  rapidly  down  a 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  157 

path  in  rear  of  the  cabin,  and  around  tlirough 
the  gap  and  into  the  yard.  A  frightful  ap- 
parition !  It  was  that  little  black  Indian 
we  had  seen  near  the  store  in  the  morning ; 
and  yet  not  quite  the  same  person  either, 
for  then  he  was  sober,  now  he  was  crazy 
drunk.  His  long  and  coarse  black  hair 
flew  about  more  wildly  ;  his  skin  seemed 
blacker,  his  eyes  bigger  and  more  fiery,  his 
mouth  wider,  and  his  teeth  sharper  than 
then.  Cursing  in  bad  English,  and  scolding 
in  Indian,  he  plunged  into  the  yard,  bounded 
from  his  pony,  and  came  fiercely  towards 
us,  swinging  both  arms  lustily,  and  crying 
out,  "This  be  Indian  hunting  ground! 
What  white  man  doing  here  ?  This  be 
Indian  hunting  ground,!  say  !  What  white 
man  doing  here  ?"  The  women  drew  their 
blankets  tighter  about  their  heads  and  scat- 
tered ;  some  behind  the  cabin,  some  into  the 
bushes.  The  interpreter  stood  his  ground, 
but  was  considerably  disconcerted. 

I  stepped   forward — but   quite  uncertain 
as  to  the  result — and  offered  my  hand  to  the 

14 


1^8  SCENES  IN  THE 

Indian.  He  indignantly  refused  it,  and 
shouted  again — indeed,  he  screamed^  "  This 
be  Indian  hunting  ground  ;  white  man  no 
business  here !"  "  We  come  as  friends," 
said  I.  "  We  have  no  weapons,  you  see  ;  we 
only  wish  to  teach  what  is  good :  if  you 
are  displeased  with  our  being  here,  we 
can  go  elsewhere.  But  just  let  us  sit  down 
and  have  a  little  friendly  talk  about  the  mat- 
ter, so  that  when  we  part  we  may  part  as 
brothers."  All  this  time  I  was  holding  out 
my  hand,  and  at  last  took  hold  of  his, 
and  was  gently  drawing  him  towards  our 
seat.  The  terms  "  friend"  and  "  brother"  his 
ear  had  caught,  and  he  said,  "  You  my  friend! 
then  you  shall  drink  with  me,"  and  at  once 
he  drew  out,  and  presented  the  bottle.  We 
declined.  He  urged.  We  refused,  and  said, 
"No — whiskey  bad,  very  bad."  "  Whiskey 
bad  ?  Whiskey  bad,  eh  ?"  responded  he ; 
and  then  put  it  to  his  own  mouth  and  turn- 
ed it  up,  and  drained  it.  "  Whiskey  good," 
he  says.  "Ha!  ah! — Indian  say,  Whiskey 
good."    "No!"  said  we,  "whiskey  no  good!" 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  159 

"  Whiskey  no  good  ?"  he  answered,  "  then 
what  for  white  men  bring  it  to  the  Indian's 
country  ?  White  men  make  it,  white  men 
bring  it,  and  white  men  sell  it  to  Indian." 

"They  are  not  good  white  men,"  we  an- 
swered, "  they  no  love  the  Indian,  they  only 
love  the  Indian's  money.  We  love  the  In- 
dian, and  we  say  the  laws  of  the  Creek  na- 
tion to  keep  whiskey  out  of  the  country, 
are  good  laws."  "  Ah !"  said  he,  "  that  be 
true,  whiskey  seller  no  love  Indian,  but  love 
Indian's  money.  But  what  for  you  say 
whiskey  bad  ?"  "  Why,  because  it  makes 
the  person  that  drinks  it  different  from  him- 
self, takes  away  his  senses,  makes  him  un- 
kind, sometimes  makes  him  feel  like  fighting 
everybody;  and  it  makes  him  poor:  and 
besides,  the  Bible  says  that  drunkards  shall 
not  inherit  the  kingdom  of  God." 

By  this  time  he  had  quieted  down  con- 
siderably, and  was  seated  beside  us,  my 
hand  laid  on  his  shoulder,  and  his  hand 
on  my  knee,  and  we  looking  pleasantly  into 
each  other's  faces.     By   this  time  also  the 


116^  SCENES  IN  THE 

frightened  women  and  children  had  begun 
to  come  forth  from  their  hiding  places,  and 
to  gather  around  us.  The  Indian  had  caught 
at  my  last  statement.  Said  he,  "  You  say,  'No 
drunkard  can  enter  the  kingdom  of  God/ 
Suppose  Indian  drink  whiskey,  he  not  go 
to  heaven,  eh  !  But  I  have  been  to  heaven 
already  ;  it  was  just  the  other  night.  Let 
me  tell  you  about  it."  And  now  his  face 
brightened  up,  and  he  seemed  all  changed 
from  the  fierce,  frothing,  scolding,  creature 
of  a  few  minutes  before. 

We  listened  to  his  story.  He  proceeds, 
"  The  other  night  I  was  lying  on  my  back, 
and  looking  up  into  the  skies — looking  up, 
up,  up  beyond  the  stars  ;  and  I  saw  far  away 
in  the  blue  sky  an  opening,  and  within  the 
chamber  all  was  bright,  shining  bright.  I 
wished  for  some  way  to  get  up  there,  but 
could  find  none.  Presently  a  long — a  mighty 
long  ladder  was  let  down  through  the  trap 
door — let  down  till  it  touched  the  ground. 
Nobody  saw  it  but  me,  and  I  scrambled  to 
get  on  it,  and  climb  up.  When  I  had  climbed 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  161 

up  there,  and  looked  in,  I  saw  heaps  of  peo- 
ple; oh,  such  heaps  of  people  !  And  I  called 
out  and  says, '  Where's  your  king?'  But  then 
I  began  to  be  afraid,  and — well  I  can't  tell 
you  much  more  about  it." 

"  Oh,  my  friend,"  said  I,  "  that  was  only  a 
dream  ;  and  when  you  began  to  be  afraid 
you  were  waking  up.  But  listen  while  we 
tell  you  something  about  that  place — some- 
thing that  is  not  a  dream,  but  solid  truth ; 
we  will  read  it  in  God's  own  word,  and  you 
may  depend  upon  it." 

"Ah,"  said  he,  "  yes,  you  white  men  have 
the  books ;  we  red  men  took  the  bow  and 
arrow,  and  so  we  have  to  listen  to  you  whea. 
we  want  to  learn  anything."  Then  we  went 
on  reading  and  discoursing  about  heaven, 
and  the  one  only  way  to  get  there,  the  inter- 
preter translating  it  to  the  audience;  the  In- 
dian interrupting  every  little  while.  We 
made  out  quite  a  discourse ;  all  the  people 
listening  eagerly. 

Then  we  turned  to  the  Indian,  and  said, 
"  And  now,  wouldn't  you  like  to  have  us 

14* 


162  SCENES  IN  THE 

sing  about  that  happy  land,  far,  far  away  ?" 
With  some  hesitation  he  assented.  After 
singing,  we  again  asked,  "  And  now,  would 
you  like  to  have  prayer  offered  for  us  all,  that 
we  may  be  made  meet  for  that  place  of  pur- 
ity and  bliss  ?"  He  hesitated;  but  we  waited 
for  his  answer.  At  length  he  complied,  and 
arose  with  us  in  prayer.  After  prayer  we 
shook  hands  around  ;  then,  taking  the  In- 
dian's hand  the  second  time,  we  said,  "You 
would  like  to  have  us  come  again,  wouldn't 
you  ?  Shall  we  set  a  time  ?"  He  did  not  an- 
swer, and  we  repeated  the  question.  Final- 
ly he  said,  "Yes,  come;"  but,  still  he  wished 
us  to  bear  in  mind  that  all  that  country  was 
the  Indian's  hunting  ground,  and  that  the 
white  men  were  there  only  by  permission, 
and  whenever  the  Indians  pleased  they  could 
expel  them. 

During  the  conversation  he  betrayed  that 
feeling  which  is  common  with  many  of  the 
older  people  of  the  nation  in  opposition  to 
Christianity — a  jealousy  in  respect  to  the  in- 
fluence of  the  schools,  and  the  preaching  of 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  163 

the  gospel,  lest  it  might  at  length  subvert 
their  owq  religion  and  customs.  They 
could  see  already  that  a  change  had  com- 
menced, and  was  going  on.  In  some  of  the 
clans  it  was  becoming  difTicultto  keep  up  their 
feasts,  and  heathen  ceremonies;  the  old  peo- 
ple, or  some  of  them,  might  still  get  toge- 
ther, but  there  were  not  enough  of  the  young 
people  to  carry  on  the  games  ;  and  such  was 
the  case  in  this  same  Tulsey-town.  Their 
busk  house  was  going  to  ruins ;  the  danc- 
ing ground  was  grown  over  with  weeds,  and 
the  pole  that  stood  in  the  centre  was  fallen 
down. 

THE  COMMONS. 

The  inhabitants  of  this  town  have  a  com- 
mon field.  Each  family  is  expected  to  do 
its  share  of  fencing,  ploughing,  planting,  and 
tending.  Each  family  has  its  own  crib,  and 
these  cribs  are  scattered  about  over  the 
field. 

The  bottom  land  on  which  the  village  and 
field  are  situated  is  subject  to  overflow;  and 


164  SCENES  IN  THE 

it  sometimes  occurs  that  the  inhabitants  are 
driven  from  their  houses,  and  their  crops 
destroyed. 

These  facts  we  learned  by  observation,  and 
in  conversation  with  the  interpreter,  as  we 
were  passing  out  of  the  town ;  for  the  day 
was  drawing  towards  a  close,  and  it  was  ne- 
cessary for  us  to  hasten  home;  and  for  our 
health  we  ought  to  have  started  earlier.  On 
the  way  we  met  a  few  persons,  and  had  a 
few  moments'  conversation  with  them.  One 
of  these,  a  negro,  told  us  of  the  preaching 
they  had  in  a  cabin  in  the  woods,  by  a  co- 
loured man.  For  himself  he  hoped  he  was 
"  travelling  towards  Canaan." 

THE  POOR  LONE  WIDOW. 

Farther  on  we  saw  an  old  log  hut  off  from 
the  road.  We  turned  aside  to  it.  A  well 
cultivated  garden  was  near  it.  The  dirt 
and  sticks  were  carefully  swept  away  from 
the  door.  An  elderly  negro  woman  came  to 
the  door  as  we  rode  up.  She  was  plainly 
dressed,  but  very  clean  :  a  number  of  small 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  165 

black  cliildren  followed  her.  She  seemed 
to  be  visiting  there,  and  was  taking  care  of 
the  little  ones  while  their  parents  were  away 
at  work. 

Without  alighting,  we  began  talking  at 
once  on  the  great  concern,  and  found  her  ready 
to  converse  with  us.  We  asked,  "  Do  you 
love  to  hear  the  Scriptures  read?"  "The 
what,  sar?  I  guess  we  never  heard  of 
them."  "Well,  the  Bible,  you  love  the  Bi- 
ble, don't  you  ?"  "  The  Bible!  0  yes,  now  I 
understand ;  sartin  me  love  de  Bible ;  but 
me  can't  read,  mas'r. 

"  You  love  to  pray  too,  don't  you  ?"  "  Oh 
yes,  yes;  me  love  prayer:  I  don't  know 
what  a  poor  soul  like  me  could  do  without 
prayer — so  many  troubles  as  comes  on  me 
— my  children  all  scatter  from  me  ;  some  to 
Texas,  some  down  river,  and  some  I  don't 
know  where ;  and  I  can't  find  none  on  'em  any 
more.  Oh,  me's  a  poor  widder — a  poor  lone 
critter  in  this  worl'  any  how ;  may  the  good 
Lord  be  merciful  :  for  there's  no  hope  on 
anything  in    dis    worl'."      While   she   was 


166  SCENES  IN  THE 

saying  this,  the  tears  were  streaming  faster 
and  faster  down  her  sable  cheeks.  It  was  a 
satisfaction  to  be  able  to  speak  to  her  about 
the  widow's  God,  who  says,  "  Leave  thy  fa- 
therless children,  I  will  preserve  them  alive; 
and  let  thy  widows  trust  in  me." 

We  will  not  soon  forget  how  heartily,  and 
over  again,  she  thanked  us  for  condescending 
to  talk  to  one  poor  old  black  woman,  all 
friendless  and  alone  in  the  world :  and  we 
will  not  forget  that  scene ;  the  good  woman 
wiping  the  fast  falling  tears  on  her  check 
apron,  and  speaking  alternately  of  the  sor- 
rows of  this  life  and  the  joys  of  the  next ; 
bewailing  the  afflictions  which  seemed  to 
have  crowded  upon  her  as  one  born  unto 
trouble,  and  expressing  her  fears  lest  her 
future  state  might  be  worse  than  this.  She 
said,  "  Many  times  me  thinks  I's  on  the 
right  road ;  and  many  times  me's  afeard  I's 
got  astray  agin.  Oh,  may  de  Lord  be 
merciful — that's  all  my  hope." 

I  intimated  that  we  had  not  started  home- 
ward   early    enough.    This    was  apparent 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  167 

on  the  following  day.  A  rough  trotting 
pony,  too  much  talking,  sitting  too  much  in 
the  open  air  with  a  damp  and  chilly  South- 
east wind  blowing  on  me,  brought  on,  or 
hastened  another  attack  of  chill  and  fever, 
more  violent. than  anything  I  had  ever  ex- 
perienced before. 

DISCUSSION  WITH  A  MEKKO. 

This  was  a  morning  in  the  beginning  of 
winter,  white  frost  lay  about  upon  every- 
thing, but  a  warm  sun  was  beginning  to 
climb  up  the  eastern  sky  when  we  started, 
with  the  African  interpreter,  for  a  day  of 
visiting  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  Kowetah 
Busk  House.  There  was  quite  a  settlement 
here ;  it  was  within  convenient  distance  of  the 
Mission,  and  we  longed  for  the  privilege 
of  preaching  there  statedly  ;  but  hitherto 
every  effort  of  the  kind  had  been  repulsed. 

We  rode  directly  to  the  house  of  the 
Mekko,  or  town  chief,  thinking  there  might 
be  a  bare  possibility  of  getting  into  his 
favourable  regards.   He  seemed  to  have  some 


168  SCENES  IN  THE 

of  the  good  things  of  this  world  around 
him ;  large  corn  fields,  and  cattle  pens.  He 
had  a  tolerably  comfortable  log  house  with 
a  porch  along  in  front,  and  he  was  at  work 
upon  another  :  they  were  "  daubing  "  it ; 
that  is,  they  were  gathering  handfulls  of 
mud,  which  was  prepared  in  a  pit  near  by, 
and  with  force  they  were  throwing  it  into 
the  chinks  between  the  logs,  then  smoothing 
it  with  the  hands  instead  of  a  trowel.  In 
the  same  way  were  they  plastering  the 
chimney,  which,  with  the  fireplace,  was  all 
outside  of  the  house :  the  fireplace  was  of 
logs :  the  upper  part  of  the  chimney  of 
sticks  :  the  whole  was  thickly  daubed  with- 
in and  without. 

We  began  with  conversation  on  general 
subjects,  and  he  was  sociable,  still  keeping 
at  his  work.  He  could  not  speak  or  under- 
stand English,  therefore  our  conversation 
was  all  through  the  interpreter.  We  talked 
on  ;  but  still  found  no  place  for  an  easy 
transition  to  religious  discourse,  and  so  we 
said  right  out,  "  This  would  be  a  pleasant 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  169 

place  to  liave  preaching:  wouldn't  you  like 
to  have  meeting  here,  or  somewhere  in  the 
neighbourhood  occasionally  on  the  Sabbath 
or  on  a  week  day  evening?"  This  roused 
him.  He  threw  down  the  mud  which  he 
had  just  taken  in  his  hands,  and  turned  and 
looked  upon  us,  especially  eyeing  the  in- 
terpreter who  quailed  before  his  steady  gaze, 
and  he  said,  "  While  we  were  yet  in  Georgia, 
and  the  government  agents  were  trying  to 
get  us  away,  they  told  us  that  if  we  remained 
there,  the  whiles  would  settle  all  around  us, 
and  would  crowd  in  amongst  us,  and  by 
little  and  little  they  would  teach  our  people 
their  customs  and  their  laws,  and  ours 
would  gradually  go  from  us.  But,  go  west, 
said  they, — far  away  beyond  the  settlements, 
and  you  may  be  by  yourselves  always, 
without  any  fear  of  intrusion  :  and  we  be- 
lieved their  talk,  and  came  west,  even  away 
here  west  of  Arkansaw,  and  now  you  are 
on  after  us  again." 

"  No,  sir,"  we  said,  "  we  are  not  on  after 
you  to  interfere  with  any  of  your  rights  and 

15 


170  SCENES  TN  THE 

privileges  as  a  nation,  nor  to  interfere  in 
any  of  your  political  affairs.  As  teachers  in 
the  schools,  we  serve  the  people ;  the  schools 
are  open  every  day  for  the  inspection  of  any 
person  in  the  nation  ;  and  frequently  the 
Chiefs,  or  the  Trustees  whom  they  have  ap- 
pointed, are  called  together  to  examine  into 
all  its  operations,  and  they  assure  us  they 
are  perfectly  well  satisfied,  and  glad  too, 
to  have  us  continue  in  the  work.  As 
preachers,  we  are  the  humble  servants  of 
our  Master,  and  in  whatever  part  of  the 
world  we  may  be,  we  are  bound  to  be 
faithful  to  him ;  and  he  requires  us  to  pub- 
lish his  gospel  to  all  people,  exhorting  men 
to  repent,  to  cease  to  do  evil  and  learn  to  do 
well.  .Jesus,  when  on  the  earth,  did  not  in- 
terfere with  the  strictly  political  affairs  of 
the  nations  ;  his  apostles  did  not,  and  his 
ministers  now  ought  not.  We  have  enough 
to  do  to  keep  at  our  proper  work  of  preach- 
ing the  gospel,  and  in  this  we  harm  nobody,  but 
benefit  everybody;  for  the  gospel  is  designed 
for  all,  and  to  all  it  is  a  message  of  peace 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  171 

and  good  will."  "Ah,  but,"  says  he,  ''our 
customs,  our  busks,  dancing,  ball-plays, 
races,  drinking,  card-playing,  and  such  things; 
if  you  come  here  to  preach,  will  you  preach 
that  they  are  all  right?  or  will  you  even 
promise  to  say  nothing  at  all  about  them, 
one  way  or  the  other  ?"  We  answered  that 
if  we  preach  we  must  follow  the  Bible,  and 
whatever  sins  it  denounced  we  must  also  de- 
nounce ;  and  so  far  as  any  practices  are  con- 
trary to  God's  commandments  we  must,  of 
course,  expose  them,  and  exhort  the  people 
to  forsake  them.  There  are  some  things  which 
are  wrong  in  themselves,  and  at  any  time ; 
and  some  things  may  be  done  on  a  week  day, 
but  not  on  the  Sabbath.  All  games  on  the 
Sabbath  are  wrong,  and  some  things  in  some 
of  them  are  wicked  at  any  time.  It  is  never 
right  to  get  drunk.  "  Ah,  that  is  it,"  said 
he.  "  We  like  all  these  things  ;  our  fathers 
taught  them  to  us,  and  the  Great  Spirit  taught 
the  same  to  them.  We  are  bound  to  per- 
petuate  them,  and   we   loish  to   perpetuate 


172  SCENES  IN  THE 

tliem;  indeed  we  like  them,  and  we  mean  to 
practise  them." 

Then  again  he  asked  specifically,  "  You 
will  preach  against  liquor,  will  you  ?  And 
do  you  say  that  it  is  a  sin  to  drink  whis- 
key ?"  *'  We  say  that  it  is  wicked  to  get 
drunk,"  we  answered,  "  and  it  is  wrong  to 
use  any  stimulant  to  such  a  degree  as  to  be- 
come unnaturally  excited.  It  is  wrong  to 
entice  others  to  drink  ;  it  is  dangerous  to 
cultivate  a  taste  for  strong  drink;  and  any 
person  that  is  too  fond  of  it,  and  is  liable  to 
become  intoxicated  by  it,  had  better  never 
touch  it  at  all ;  and  in  fact,  as  it  very  rarely 
does  any  good  whatever,  but  generally  does 
a  great  deal  of  harm,  the  safest  and  best  way 
is  not  to  touch  it  at  all." 

"  Well,"  said  he,  "  I  love  whiskey;  and  I 
mean  to  drink  it :  and  I  love  to  get  drunk ; 
and  I  intend  to  get  drunk  whenever  I  can 
afford  it,  and  find  it  convenient."  "Well, 
sir,"  I  answered,  "  as  your  friend,  I  am 
bound  to  tell  you  what  I  believe  is  true." 
*'  Well,  and  what  is  it?"     "  Why  with  that 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  173 

determination  you  will  not  expect  to  go  to 
heaven,  I  suppose;  for  the  Bible  says  that 
*  no  drunkard  shall  inherit  the  kingdom  of 
God.'  "  "  But,"  he  rcvsponded,  "  how  do  you 
know  that  there  is  any  such  place  as  hea- 
ven ?  lias  any  body  been  up  there,  and  come 
down  again  to  tell  it  ?"  We  replied  that 
Jesus  Christ  the  Son  of  God  came  down 
from  heaven  to  teach  us  about  it,  and  that 
God  in  both  the  Old  and  New  Testament 
had  instructed  mankind  very  plainly  in  re- 
spect to  heaven,  and  the  way  to  secure  an 
eternal  rest  there.  And  now  he  asked,  "And 
how  do  you  know  there  ever  was  such  a  per- 
son as  Jesus  Christ  ?  Did  you  ever  see 
him  ?" 

"No,  I  never  saw  him;  nor  did  I  ever 
see  General  Washington,  nor  General  Jack- 
son, nor  was  I  ever  in  Georgia.  But  I  be- 
lieve there  is  such  a  state  as  Georgia,  because 
the  geographies  and  histories  speak  of  them ; 
and  there  are  many  incidental  allusions  to 
it  in  books  and  newspapers,  and  I  have  seen 
people  that  profess  to  have  lived  in  Georgia. 

15* 


174  SCENES  IN  THE 

I  believe  there  were  such  men  as  Washing- 
ton and  Jackson,  though  I  never  saw  them ; 
for  there  were  men  who  did  see  them,  and 
we  have  their  testimon}^ ;  history  records 
their  deeds  ;  we  have  the  letters  they  wrote, 
and  the  speeches  they  made  ;  in  books  and 
newspapers  there  are  innumerable  allusions 
to  them  ;  and  any  person  that  should  rise 
up  now  and  say  there  never  was  such  a  man 
as  Washington  or  Jackson,  would  be  taken 
for  a  fool  or  a  madman.  Now  precisely 
such  testimony  have  we  that  there  was  such 
a  person  as  Jesus  Christ,  and  that  what  the 
New  Testament  says  of  him  is  true ;  and 
it  testifies  that  he  performed  miracles, 
and  that  those  miracles  were  to  prove  that 
he  was  the  Son  of  God,  and  came  down  from 
heaven." 

"  Well,"  said  he,  "  I  can't  read,  and  I  don't 
know  anything  about  the  Bible,  but  some 
of  your  own  white  men  tell  me  that  it's  only 
a  '  pack  of  lies.' "  "  Yes,"  I  replied,  "  I  know 
there  are  some  who  say  it,  and  that  is  ano- 
ther evidence  that  the  Bible  is  true,  for  it 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  175 

tells  us  that  there  will  be  scoffers  ;  and  it 
tells  us  that  there  will  be  those  that  deny 
the  truth,  and  even  say  that  there  is  no  God; 
it  says  that  before  conversion  all  people  dis- 
like holiness,  and  hate  the  light ;  and  you 
see  that  we  find  that  it  is  just  so.  If  there 
were  no  scoflfers,  the  Bible  wouldn't  have  spo- 
ken truly.  And  now,  sir,  can  you  tell  us 
why  it  is  that  wicked  men  dislike  the  Bible 
so  ;  and  only  the  Bible?  Why  do  they  not 
make  war  upon  other  books?"  To  this  he 
made  no  reply,  but  after  studying  a  minute 
he  asked,  "  Well  then,  are  there  two  Gods, 
or  are  there  different  Bibles?"  "No,  but 
one  God,  and  but  one  Bible,"  we  replied. 
"  Then  how  is  it,"  he  inquired ;  "  how  is  it 
that  there  are  so  many  different  kinds  of 
Christians,  such  as  Baptists,  Methodists,  and 
Presbyterians?  Why  do  you  differ,  why  are 
you  not  just  alike,  if  you  have  but  the  one 
book  to  go  by  ?"  "  We  answered  him,  that 
all  the  Christian  sects  that  we  regard  as  the 
Church  of  Christ,  hold  the  main  doctrines  of 
the  Bible  in  the  same  way  ;  they  disagree  in 


178  SCENES  IN  THE 

whom  we  had  the  discussion  in  the  morning. 
It  stood  alone  amidst  the  rank  grass  and 
scattered  trees  of  the  oak  openings.  No 
fields  were  near,  nor  even  a  cow  pen.  A 
pony  was  tied  to  a  tree,  saddled  and  bridled 
rather  gaily  ;  and  his  master  stood  by  his 
cabin  door,  dressed  in  pants  and  calico  shirt, 
ditto  hunting  shirt  which  had  a  broad  collar 
or  cape,  and  fringed  all  around  with  red  ; 
a  patent  leather  belt  with  brass  buckle  ;  a 
palm  leaf  hat  over  his  shining  black  locks, 
which  had  just  been  wet  and  combed,  hung 
about  his  shoulders  ;  and  spurs,  with  long 
gaffs,  strapped  to  his  heels. 

Seeing  him  ready  to  start  for  some  gather- 
ing over  the  river,  as  he  said,  we  did  not 
alight,  but  after  the  usual  salutation  told  him 
what  was  the  especial  business  we  were  out 
upon  that  day  ;  and  that  we  were  unwilling 
to  pass  by  any  one  without  at  least  one 
word,  and  we  hoped  he  would  not  take  it 
unkindly,  nor  think  us  meddling  with  what 
was  not  our  business,  if  we  inquired  what 
were  his  religious  sentiments. 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  179 

He  understood  wlio  we  were,  and  wishing 
to  dismiss  at  once  an  unpleasant  subject, 
with  a  tone  of  impatience  and  a  countenance 
charged  with  somewhat  of  bitterness,  he  an- 
swered, "  When  we  left  the  old  country  it 
was  with  the  assurance  that  if  we  would 
come  to  the  new  reservation,  we  should 
never  be  interfered  with  in  any  way,  but 
that  we  should  have  our  laws,  and  our 
ancient  customs." 

When  he  had  proceeded  thus  far,  we  in- 
formed him  that  we  had  been  over  the  whole 
of  that  ground  in  the  morning  with  his 
father-in-law,  and  neither  of  us  seemed  to 
have  time  to  discuss  the  subject  thoroughly 
that  day,  and  we  would  not  hinder  him  if 
he  was  anxious  to  be  upon  the  road,  further 
than  to  ask  if  he  thoug^ht  that  he  was  also 
travelling  the  road  which  leads  to  heaven. 
To  this  he  promptly  replied,  "You  teach 
that  in  order  to  get  to  heaven  a  person  must 
leave  off  every  sin."  "Yes,"  we  said,  "we  are 
commanded  to  forsake  all  unrighteousness. 
God  is  displeased  with  any  neglect  of  his 


180  SCENES  IN  THE 

commandments,  and  his  commandments  are 
all  good,  and  his  law  forbids  even  sinful 
thoughts,  and  evil  desires  ;  and  that  person 
who  is  unwilling  to  give  up  his  sins,  even 
all  of  them,  does  not  please  God ;  he  show^ 
that  he  loves  his  sins  more  than  he  loves 
God,  and  of  course  he  cannot  go  to  heaven  ; 
for  God  will  not  permit  to  dwell  with  him 
for  ever,  any  that  he  is  not  pleased  with ; 
and  no  person  that  still  loves  sin  would  feel 
comfortable  in  heaven,  for  there  can  be  no 
sin  there. 

"Then,"  he  replied,  "I  can't  keep  any 
sin,  you  say,  not  the  little  ones  ?  I  must 
turn  short  about,  and  reform  in  every  re- 
spect, must  I  ?"  "  Yes,"  we  said,  "  the  terms 
of  the  Scriptures  are,  Eepent  or  perish, 
Turn  or  die.  Turn  ye,  turn  ye,  for  why 
will  ye  die?"  "  Well,"  he  continued,  "ac- 
cording to  your  reasoning,  and  according  to 
what  I  have  heard  from  other  preachers,  the 
little  sins  seem  to  be  as  much  in  the  way  of 
a  person's  getting  to  heaven  as  the  big  ones  ; 
and  one  sin  will  send  him  to  hell  as  surely 


INDIAN  COUNTRT.  181 

as  a  hundred  could.  As  for  myself,  there 
are  some  customs  wbich  your  kind  of  people 
say  are  wrong,  but  which  I  like,  and  I 
don't  intend  to  give  them  up  ;  and  if  I  must 
be  sent  to  hell  for  even  a  few  sins,  why  then, 
for  ought  I  see,  I  might  as  well  take  a  full 
swing  in  all  of  them  and  enjoy  myself  as 
much  as  possible ;  for  with  one  sin  I  would 
be  sent  to  hell,  and  with  ten  thousand  sins 
I  couldn't  any  more  than  go  there."  "Not 
quite  right,"  we  answered  ;  "  for  a  man  may 
be  treasuring  up  wrath  against  the  day  of 
wrath :  the  greater  the  guilt,  the  greater  the 
condemnation  :  at  the  judgment  every  one 
shall  receive  the  things  done  in  the  body, 
according  to  that  he  hath  done  :  the  servant 
that  knew  not  his  lord's  will,  yet  committed 
things  worthy  of  stripes,  shall  be  beaten  with 
few  ;  while  he  that  knew,  and  did  not,  shall 
be  beaten  with  many  stripes.  You  seem  to 
know  what  you  ought  to  do,  but  are  deter- 
mined not  to  do  it.  You  say  you  like  sin  ; 
and  certain  sinful  courses  you  say  you 
are   resolved   to   continue    in.     You  doubt- 

16 


182  SCENES  IN  THE 

less  suppose  that  there  is  no  enjoyment 
in  religion,  but  we  can  assure  you  that 
if  you  were  to  become  a  Christian  you 
would  then  hate  sin  as  much  as  you  now 
love  it,  and  you  would  find  more  pleasure 
in  religious  exercises  than  you  have  ever 
found  in  the  pleasures  of  the  world."  He 
responded,  "  There  are  some  practices  which 
to  me  do  not  seem  very  bad,  but  which  you 
say  must  be  abandoned  if  one  would  get  to 
heaven  ;  but  I  like  them,  and  I  intend  to  con- 
tinue in  them ;  and  as  I  must  go  to  hell  any 
way,  unless  I  leave  off'  every  thing  that  is 
bad,  why  I  may  just  as  well  enjoy  myself 
the  best  I  can."  "  Well,"  we  said,  "  if  you 
have  deliberately  made  up  your  mind  to 
continue  in  your  present  manner  of  life, 
which  in  some  respects  you  yourself  have 
acknowledged  to  be  wrong,  then  so  it  must 
be.  We  have  only  to  tell  you  what  God's 
law  requires,  and  how  men  may  escape  the 
wrath  of  God  which  is  due  to  us  for  sin,  and 
entreat  men  to  be  reconciled  to  God.  It  is 
for  us  only  to  say,  Choose  ye  whom  ye  will 


INDIAN  COUNTRY,  183 

serve,  and  it  is  left  for  them  to  do  the  choos- 
iag.  We  do  not  compel  you,  and  God 
does  not  compel  any  person  to  become  a 
Christian  against  his  will.  We  have  only  to 
say  :  This  is  the  strait  and  narrow  path 
which  leads  to  life,  and  that  is  the  broad 
road  which  leads  to  death.  You,  as  you 
say,  have  chosen  the  broad  road ;  and  you 
know  whither  it  leads,  and  you  have  your 
eyes  open.  Go  on,  then :  you  will  soon 
come  to  the  end  of  your  earthly  journey, 
and  will  find  yourself  where  he  that  hath 
served  the  devil  will  receive  his  wages — 
the  wages  of  sin  is  death.  *Wo  unto  the 
wicked!  it  shall  be  ill  with  him:  for  the  re- 
ward of  his  hands  shall  be  given  him.'  Per- 
haps you  have  heard  what  the  Bible  says 
about  a  certain  rich  man  who  in  his  life- 
time received  all  his  good  things,  and  in 
hell  lifted  up  his  eyes,  being  in  torment. 
Good  bye." 

Before  we  had  finished  this  short  conver- 
sation he  was  beginning  to  look  very  seri- 
ous ;  his  eyes  were  riveted  on  the  ground, 


184  SCENES  IN  THE 

and  in  that  posture  he  was  standing,  still 
leaning  against  the  door-post  until  we  were 
out  of  sight.     I  never  saw  him  afterwards. 

RETURNING  HOME. 

We  were  moving  homewards  ;  and  when 
we  had  passed  the  boundaries  of  this  neigh- 
bourhood, the  interpreter,  who  had  not  felt 
really  comfortable  during  all  the  day,  now 
began  to  breathe  more  freely,  and  to  sit  eas- 
ier in  his  saddle.  He  had  been  running  the 
gauntlet,  almost,  as  he  seemed  to  think,  and 
now  was  feeling  comparatively  safe  when  he 
found  himself  beyond  the  enemies'  border. 
Turning  to  him,  I  said,  "So,  this  will  have 
to  do  for  this  time."  "For  this  time!"  says 
he.  "  And  what  shall  we  have  to  do  for  the 
next  time?"  "Why,"  we  answered,  "we 
will  have  to  go  over  the  ground  again,  of 
course.  You  do  not  get  a  crop  of  corn  by 
travelling  over  the  ground  just  once,  do 
you  ?  You  grub  it,  then  break  it,  then 
plough  and  plant  it  ;  and  how  many  times 
do  you  have  to  harrow  and  plough  the  field 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  185 

agaia  while  the  corn  is  growing.  And  still 
again,  if  you  are  a  good  farmer,  you  go  through 
the  field,  pulling  up  every  cockle,  burr,  and 
every  other  weed  ;  and  you  wouldn't  expect 
a  spiritual  harvest  without  labour  in  some 
measure  corresponding  with  this,  would 
you? 

"  Well,  I  warn  you,  sir,"  he  said,  "  I  warn 
you  that  we  will  have  these  peoples  all  down 
upon  us.  These  peoples  about  here  are 
mighty  rough  when  you  get  them  up  once ; 
and  they  be  amazing  prejudiced  against  reli- 
gion, for  they  say  it  will  put  a  stop  to  all 
their  frolics  as  soon  as  a  majority  of  them 
becomes  religious.     I  will  tell  you,  sir,  how 

they  were  mighty  nigh  to  finishing  Mr. 

who  was  here- before  you  came;  and  he  went 
on  to  describe 


And  became  quite  eloquent,  as  the  remem- 
brance of  the  event,  our  present  proximity 
to  the  place  of  the  action,  and  the  occurrences 

of  this  day  all  tended  to  revive  in  him  that 
16* 


186  SCENES  IN  THE 

former  feeling  of  alarm,  and  caused  him  to 
reflect  how  narrowly  he  then  escaped. 

Said  he,  "  We  were  riding  home  on  a  Sab- 
bath afternoon,  for  we  had  been  to  preaching 
away  up  the  country ;  and  as  we  were  pass- 
ing the  square  back  yonder  at  the  Busk- 
house,  a  parcel  of  fellows  who  were  gathered 
there,  and  pretty  smartly  drunk,  began  yell- 
ing at  and  scolding  us  as  soon  as  we  came  in 
sight,  and  while  we  were  going  by.  They 
said,  *  What  business  you  to  come  to  In- 
dians'country  to  preach  your  notions?  What 
business  you  to  meddle  with  our  sports  ? 
What  is  it  your  concern  how  much  whiskey 
we  drink,  or  what  games  we  have,  or  how 
we  spend  the  Sunday  ?  We'll  teach  you — 
we'll  run  you  out  of  the  country.  Go  and 
preach  to  white  men  ;  teach  them  to  stop 
cheating,  and  drinking,  and  card  playing,  be- 
fore you  come  to  reform  the  Indians.'  And 
when  we  had  got  well  on  past  them,  one  of 
the  crowd  picked  up  a  club  and  raced  after 
us  on  his  pony,  yelling  and  cursing,  and 
rushed  up  to  Mr. ,  and  caught  his  bridle 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  187 

rein,  and  began  to  strike  at  him.  Then  I 
rode  around  and  caught  his  pony  by  the  bit, 

and  Mr. improved  his  chance,  and  put 

the  whip  to  his  horse,  and  I  saw  no  more  of 
him  till  I  got  home.  But  then  the  fellow 
made  at  me,  as  though  he  would  knock  my 
brains  out ;  but  somehow  I  knocked  the 
club  out  of  his  hand,  and  while  he  was  get- 
ting off  to  pick  it  up,  I  got  away,  and  run 
for  my  life.  And,  sir,  I  don't  like  that  sort 
of  sport.  I'm  afraid  of  these  peoples,  sir. 
They  know  how  to  be  mighty  unpleasant  if 
once  they  take  a  dislike  to  a  man  ;  they  can 
make  his  life  very  uncomfortable  if  they  set 
out  for  it."  "But,"  we  replied,  "  don't  you 
think  the  gospel  can  soften  them?  At  any 
rate,  hadn't  we  better  give  the  field  a  thor- 
ough trial  before  we  abandon  it?  There  are 
none  here  so  terrible  as  was  Africaner,  of 
whom  we  told  you  the  other  night  at  the 
monthly  concert."  "  Ah  sir,"  said  he,  "  but 
it  seems  to  me  we  have  done  our  duty  when 
we  have  once  offered  to  them  the  waters  of 
life,  and  they  so  positively  turn  to  their  bro- 


188  SCENES  IN  THE 

ken  cisterns  that  can  hold  no  water;  and  be- 
sides, this  is  not  the  first  time  they  have  been 
asked  to  the  gospel  feast,  and  it  seems  to  me 

that  after  treating  Mr. as  they  did,  and 

after  answering  us  as  they  did  to-day,  it  is 
time  to  shake  ofif  the  dust  of  our  feet  against 
them." 

WHERE   OTHER  INDIANS  GO. 

With  some  of  the  Indians  there  appears 
to  be  a  belief  that  the  red  men  and  the 
whites  will  have  separate  places  assigned 
them  after  death;  therefore  not  unfrequently 
when  we  ask  a  person  where  he  expects  to 
go  when  he  dies,  he  will  answer,  quite  un- 
concernedly, "Oh,  where  other  Indians  go,  I 
suppose." 

We  one  day  received  this  answer  at  two 
or  three  houses  in  succession.  At  one  there 
was  a  mother  with  several  children  around 
her.  She  appeared  as  unconcerned  for  her- 
self, or  for  the  spiritual  interests  of  her  chil- 
dren as  it  was  possible  for  a  person  to  be. 

She  reckoned  they  would  be  about  as  well 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  189 

off  in  the  next  world  as  most  Indians ;  they 
would  be  found  in  the  biggest  crowd  at  any 
rate.  Two  neighbouring  women  that  were 
present  exhibited  the  same  ignorance  on  re- 
ligious subjects,  and  utter  indifference  about 
the  soul  and  its  concerns. 

At  another  house  was  a  tall  gray-headed 
Indian — an  old  warrior.  We  said  to  him, 
"You  have  seen  a  good  many  summers; 
about  how  many  do  you  think?"  "I  don't 
know  ;"  he  answered.  "  What !  don't  know 
how  old  you  are?"  "No."  "  Well,  you  must 
be  pretty  near  the  end  of  your  journey,  ac- 
cording to  the  common  age  of  man  ;  and 
have  you  made  all  ready  for  leaving  this 
world,  and  going  to  the  other?"  "That's 
not  a  matter  that  troubles  me  at  all,"  he  an- 
swered. "  But  you  have  some  ideas  about 
another  state  of  being,  haven't  you  ?  Where 
do  you  expect  to  go  ?  or  what  do  you  sup- 
pose becomes  of  the  spirit  after  death  ?" 

"  Oh,"  he  said,  "  Tl]  go  where  other  In- 
dians do,  I  guess." 

There  were  in   the  Kowetah  school  *.wo 


190  SCENES  IN 'THE 

little  Indian  boys,  brothers,  very  nearly  of 
a  size.  They  kept  by  themselves  a  good 
deal ;  their  progress  in  learning  to  speak 
English  was  slow  ;  their  Bible  and  Cate- 
chism lessons  were  not  learned  very  thor- 
oughly. The  duty  of  secret  prayer  was 
enjoined  on  all  the  children ;  and  some  of 
the  pupils,  we  have  reason  to  believe,  prac- 
tised it ;  and  a  few  there  were  that  loved  to 
pray  in  secret  to  our  Father  in  heaven.  But 
those  two  boys  would  never  do  it ;  and  once 
they  gave  their  reasons  to  one  of  the  other 
boys  for  not  praying  as  the  teachers  instruct- 
ed them.  They  said  that  their  parents  had 
strictly  charged  them  not  to  worship  the 
white  man's  God,  for  none  of  their  relatives 
Lad  gone  to  the  white  man's  heaven  ;  and 
unless  they  wished  to  be  separated  from 
their  parents  and  kindred  after  death  they 
should  not  learn  the  white  man's  religion, 
Dor  pray  to  the  white  man's  God. 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  191 

DIFFERENT  DEGREES  OF  CIVILIZATION. 

You  have  doubtless  remarked  that  there 
must  be  a  great  variety  of  character  to  be 
met  with  in  that  tribe  of  Indians,  and  a  wide 
difference  between  individuals  as  to  the  de- 
gree of  civilization  to  which  they  have  ad- 
vanced. 

THE  GENTLEMAN. 

Here,  for  example,  was  a  man  very  gentle- 
manly in  his  appearance  every  way,  in  dress 
and  in  manners  ;  a  man  of  education  and  in- 
telligence. He  has  often  been  to  Washington 
on  business  for  his  nation.  You  may  see 
him,  a  portly  figure,  on  his  stately  horse, 
moving  along  majestically  slow;  never  in 
that  break-neck  gallop  of  the  wild  Indians. 
He  is  the  friend  of  Missions,  attends  reli- 
gious meetings,  is  the  patron  of  the  schools, 
and  always  present  at  the  examinations,  and 
meetings  of  the  Board  of  Trustees.  (  There 
is  considerable  Scotch  blood  running  in  his 
veins,  they  say.)    His  early  education  was 


192  SCENES  IN  THE 

attended  to,  his  father  having  employed  for 
him  and  for  his  brother,  a  private  tutor;  and 
thus  he  did  for  him,  and  for  the  Creek  nation 
through  him,  an  invaluable  service — just 
what  you  who  support  the  Mission  schools 
amongst  the  Indians  are  now  doing.  That 
father  prepared  one  man  for  usefulness;  and 
see  what  he  has  done,  and  is  still  doing  for 
the  benefit  of  his  people,  in  encouraging  re- 
ligion, education,  good  morals,  and  general 
improvement ;  but  you  are  raising  up  scores 
of  such  who  year  after  year  are  taking  their 
places  in  several  tribes;  and  being  scattered 
about  here  and  there,  their  influence,  like 
leaven,  will  in  time  leaven  the  whole  lump. 

ONE  OF. A  CLASS  OPPOSED  TO  CIVILIZATION. 

We  have  given  an  example  of  one  class ; 
let  us  bring  forward  one  of  another  kind, 
that  tall,  broad  shouldered,  heavy  limbed  In- 
dian ;  he  is  all  Indian.  In  summer  his  dress 
is  a  shirt — a  shirt,  and  nothing  more  ;  ex- 
cept a  hat  sometimes.  In  winter  he  adds 
the  buck-skin  leggins,  fitting  tight — as  tight 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  193 

as  the  skin ;  with  buck-skin  moccasons, 
and  a  hunting  shirt  of  some  sort ;  and,  when 
it  is  very  cold,  a  red  blanket,  which  serves 
both  for  hood  and  shawl. 

He  owns  a  little  cabin,  and  one  pony.  He 
cannot  talk  English,  and  wouldn't  learn  it 
if  he  could.  He  communicates  by  signs;  as, 
for  example,  he  wishes  to  take  a  ride :  but 
his  pony,  not  being  conscious  of  his  master's 
plans,  is  out  somewhere  on  the  unfenced 
prairie,  or  somewhere  in  the  thicket.  Our 
Indian  is  in  a  hurry  this  time,  or  he  wouldn't 
condescend  to  ask  a  pale  face  if  he  had  seen 
his  horse.  And  how  does  he  ask?  Why,  with 
one  hand  he  holds  up  and  shakes  a  bridle ; 
this  signifies  he  wants  a  horse's  head  to  put 
in  it.  Next  he  wishes  you  to  understand 
that  tlie  horse  wore  a  bell  about  his  neck; 
so  he  puts  his  clenched  fist  under  his  own 
chin,  and  moving  it  quickly  to  and  fro  says, 
"  ting-a  ling."  If  we  have  seen  such  a  horse 
we  throw  out  the  arm  in  the  direction  to- 
wards which  his  head  was  turned  when  we  saw 
him  ;  if  not,  then  we  simply  shake  the  head. 

17 


194  SCENES  IN  THE 


THE   BLOWERS. 


This  Indian's  wife  was  taken  sick,  but  he 
would  not  call  the  white  physician,  nor  send 
to  the  Mission  for  medicines.  He  calls  a 
"  blower,"  that  is,  a  native  doctor ;  or  per- 
haps a  conjuror.  A  large  kettle  of  roots  and 
herbs  is  selected  according  to  prescription, 
and  boiled  together ;  but  it  has  no  efficacy 
till  the  breath  of  the  blower  has  been  infused 
into  it. 

Perhaps  he  is  called  to  the  house,  or  per- 
haps the  liquid  is  prepared  and  taken  away 
to  the  blower,  and  it  may  be  ten  or  fifteen 
miles  distant.  He  takes  a  reed  two  or  three 
feet  long,  and  blows  through  it  into  the  med- 
icine, and  perhaps  performs  some  other  con- 
juration over  it.  Then  the  vessel  is  covered 
over  tightly,  lest  the  virtue  should  escape 
on  the  way  home.  This  is  given  to  the  pa- 
tient in  large  doses  ;  she  dies  nevertheless. 
The  corpse  is  kept  till  it  can  be  kept  no 
longer.  Then  it  is  put  in  the  grave,  and 
with  it  are  buried  the  clothes,  and  a  few  ar- 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  195 

tides  of  common  use  to  serve  ber  in  the 
spirit  land,  or  on  the  way  thither.  Over 
the  grave  he  erects  a  hut.  By  the  side  of 
this  very  little  hut  he  keeps  a  fire  burning 
constantly  for  a  number  of  days,  lest  the 
spirit  of  the  deceased  might  suffer  from  cold 
during  the  time  it  is  is  still  lingering  here,  or 
fluttering  between  these  hunting  grounds, 
and  those  far  away  where  the  Great  Spirit 
dwells  ;  and  lest  she  should  suffer  with  hun- 
ger, food  is  placed  beside  the  grave. 

DIFFERENT  MODES  OF  BURIAL. 

Many  bury  as  we  do,  with  a  coffin,  and  a 
head  stone,  or  board  for  want  of  a  stone 
tablet.  Some,  more  wealthy,  erect  a  tomb 
of  masonry  over  the  grave.  Many  form  a 
low  roof  of  boards  over  the  grave.  Some 
place  the  body  in  a  hollow  tree  in  a  stand- 
ing posture,  and  close  the  aperture :  and 
some  lay  the  body  on  a  platform  elevated  on 
poles.  There  are  some  of  the  old  class  of 
Indians  who  bury  the  dead,  if  it  be  one  of 
the  heads  of  the  family,  in  the  ground  withia 


196  SCENES  IN  THE 

their  own  cabin  ;  then  go  away  and  construct 
a  new  dwelling  for  themselves,  and  shut  up 
the  old  one.  This  will  account  for  the 
deserted  cabins  that  you  now  and  then  ob- 
serve, and  which  are  going  to  decay,  the 
weeds  and  bushes  covering  and  almost  con- 
cealing them,  and  the  paths  which  led  to 
them  no  more  trodden.  To  others  a  new 
grave  and  a  new  house  is  given.  In  the  ab- 
sence of  a  coffin  the  corpse  is  wrapped  in  a 
blanket.  Ornaments  and  implements  of 
war  were  formerly  buried  with  the  war- 
rior ;  and  the  same  custom  still  prevails 
with  some.  Some  have  told  us  of  funerals 
which  they  remember,  at  which  a  favourite 
horse,  and  a  favourite  slave  were  killed,  and 
sent  along  with  their  master  on  his  journey 
to  the  country  to  which  Indians  were  sup- 
posed to  go. 

There  are  many  isolated  graves,  and  some 
congregations  of  the  dead ;  and  these  are 
places  possessing  some  scenic  beauty,  but 
are  especially  remarkable  for  their  solitude. 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  197 

DIFFUSIVE    INFLUENCE    OF    RELIGION     AND 
KNOWLEDGE. 

We  have  compared  two  men  of  a  particular 
nation  to  show  you  what  education  and 
religion  have  done  for  those  who  were 
disposed  to  avail  themselves  of  its  elevating 
and  refining  influences.  But  we  ought  still 
further  to  say  that  there  is  not  a  person  in 
the  nation  that  has  not  to  some  extent  been 
wrought  upon  by  the  influence  exerted  by 
Christianity  and  the  schools,  however  much 
he  may  hate  and  talk  against  them.  He 
has  been  greatly  improved.  This  you  ob- 
serve in  his  habitation,  dress,  food  ;  in  his 
settled  habits  instead  of  being  a  rover  with- 
out a  home,  and  you  see  it  in  the  laws  of  the 
nation.  To  be  aware  of  the  change  noise- 
lessly and  imperceptibly  going  on  in  a  tribe 
where  missionaries  and  teachers  have  been 
for  some  time  at  work,  compare  them  with 
those  that  never  had  missionaries  amongst 
them.  Select  the  least  cultivated  specimen 
of  the  Creek  nation,  and  put  him  beside  one 

17  * 


198  SCENES  IN  THE 

of  those  bands  of  savages  that  now  and  then 
come  on  begging  excursions  amongst  their 
brethren.  The  Creeks  would  be  at  no  loss 
to  find  their  man  though  he  should  become 
mixed  up  with  the  savages,  and  he  himself 
would  be  ashamed  of  them.  He  has  clothing 
more  nearly  approximating  to  what  the 
whites  wear  than  they  ;  he  has  more  property 
than  they ;  he  has  some  kind  of  a  home, 
they  have  only  camping  grounds  ;  he  can 
tell  them  a  great  deal  that  they  had  no  con- 
ception of,  and  all  at  once  he  finds  himself 
growing  proud,  and  boasting  of  the  know- 
ledge which  has  been  learned  from  the 
people  that  possess  the  books.  We  look  at 
him  amongst  the  savages  and  we  fancy  (and 
it's  not  all  fancy)  that  he  looks  better,  that 
his  appearance,  the  expression  of  his  eye 
and  of  his  lip,  indicate  some  culture  of  the 
intellect  more  than  any  of  the  savages  ex- 
hibit. But  this  is  a  man  who  has  lived  on 
the  outskirts  of  his  tribe,  and  has  kept  him- 
self as  much  as  possible  aloof  from  churches 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  199 

and  schools;  and  yet  you  see  that  their  in- 
fluence has  reached  him. 

A  pebble  cast  into  a  lake  produces  a  com- 
motion in  the  entire  body  of  water.  One 
drop  influences  its  neighbour.  One  particle 
set  in  motion  disturbs  the  particles  lying 
next  it.  First  there  is  a  ripple,  then  another, 
then  another  ;  each  circle  taking  a  greater 
width  and  circumference. 

So  whenever  you  cast  a  pebble  of  know- 
ledge into  the  minds  of  any  nation,  the 
waves  of  its  influence  will  multiply  and  en- 
large till  every  individual,  in  some  measure, 
feels  its  force. 

MINGLED   EACES. 

The  character  presented  awhile  ago,  as  an 
example  of  the  better  class  of  the  men  of 
this  tribe,  we  intimated,  had  the  blood  of  the 
whites  in  his  veins.  From  this  we  would 
not  have  you  infer  that  those  with  this 
mixture  were  sure  to  be  more  friendly  to 
improvement,  or  that  they  were  themselves 
more  susceptible  of  improvement  than  the 


SOO  SCENES  IN  THE 

pure  red  man.  Good  and  bad,  intelligent 
and  stupid,  moral  and  vicious  white  men 
have  intermarried  with  the  Indian,  and  ac- 
cording to  their  character  so  has  been  the 
impression  that  they  have  made  upon  their 
neighbourhood ;  and  in  their  children  have 
been  repeated  the  parents'  character  and 
habits. 

The  Indians  that  have  lived  in  the  south- 
ern states  have  become  more  or  less  mixed 
with  the  negro  race ;  and  those  who  form 
this  element,  are  fully  equal  in  sprightliness, 
enterprise,  and  energy  to  any  of  the  pure 
race. 

That  you  may  make  your  own  observa- 
tions on  this  and  other  matters,  suppose 
you  come  with  us  while  we  travel  a  little 
about  the  country. 

A  request  has  been  sent  to  the  Mission 
from  a  white  man,  begging  us  to  visit  him, 
for  he  is  sick,  and  he  wishes  us  to  come 
soon. 

As  we  ride  along  you  inquire.  How  hap- 
pens it  that  white  men  get  mixed  up  with 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  201 

the  Indians?  And  we  answer,  They  have 
found  their  way  here  from  different  causes. 
Some  of  them  are  discharged  soldiers,  whose 
ties  to  kindred  and  home  have  been  much 
worn,  if  not  entirely  broken  off;  and  they 
would  about  as  lief  marry  an  Indian  woman 
and  settle  in  the  country,  as  to  go  back  to 
the  States  where  the  people  and  the  customs 
of  the  people  are  more  strange  to  them  than 
those  of  the  Indian ;  and  moreover,  they  fan- 
cy that  they  would  much  prefer  the  larger 
liberty  of  the  Territories,  to  the  more  exact- 
ing rules  of  society  in  the  States.  Some 
came  here  as  traders,  took  an  Indian  woman, 
2J0ssibl2/  intending  to  cast  her  off  when  they 
should  get  rich  enough  to  retire.  But  either 
they  have  not  yet  become  sufficiently  rich, 
or  else  they  have  come  to  like  the  Indian 
country  and  the  Indian  customs ;  and,  more 
than  that  a  swarm  of  black  eyed  boys  and 
girls  has  sprung  up  around  them  ;  and  they 
have  farms  and  herds,  which  also  are  yearly 
increasing;  and  furthermore  the  people  be- 
gin to  look  up  to  them ;  they  are  acquiring 


202  SCENES  IN  THE 

an  influence,  and  have  gained  a  position 
whicli  they  would  not  have  anywhere  else; 
and  if  they  leave  the  country  they  must  also 
leave  wife  and  children,  lands  and  cattle. 
Some  came  to  the  country  as  mechanics  un- 
der the  auspices  of  the  United  States  gov- 
ernment, and  they  too  have  concluded  to  be- 
come citizens  of  the  nation  ;  so  they  marry, 
or  *'  take  up  with  a  woman,"  and  this  act 
effects  their  naturalization. 

But  we  have  arrived  at  the  place  which 
we  were  requested  to  visit,  and  we  find  a 
man  greatly 

ALARMED  AT  THE  PROSPECT  OF  DEATH. 

You  will  notice,  though  you  do  not  speak 
of  it,  that  he  has  a  large  corn  field,  but  that 
he  would  have  had  more  corn  had  he  been 
less  indulgent  towards  the  weeds.  There  is 
something  wrong  in  the  management  of  this 
establishment,  you  say  to  yourself,  for  the 
house  is  old  but  not  a  shade  tree,  nor  an  orna- 
mental tree  or  shrub  is  about  the  premises: 
sad  evidence  of  want  of  taste  in  her  who  pre- 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  203 

sides  within,  and  lack  of  annbition  and  in- 
dustry in  him  who  manages  without. 

The  house  is  what  is  termed  a  double  log 
cabin ;  that  is,  two  square  cabins  with  a 
space  between,  and  one  roof  extending  over 
all ;  the  space  between  serving  many  pur- 
poses. It  is  cool  and  airy  in  the  summer ; 
a  place  in  which  to  sit  during  the  day,  or  to 
sleep  at  night. 

Each  cabin  has  one  room,  and  that  room, 
in  this  instance,  is  very  small;  and  the  fowls 
and  little  pigs  dispute  the  right  of  the  fam- 
ily to  these  quarters.  Doves  (quite  too  much 
domesticated)  are  flying,  and  hopping,  and 
walking  about  everywhere  within  the  house, 
and  resting  on  the  sticks  overhead. 

The  man  lies  on  a  straw  bed  (the  linen 
not  so  white  as  the  snow  flakes)  on  the  floor 
in  the  corner.  He  is  indeed  very  sick  ;  but 
he  seems  to  be  suffering  in  mind  as  much  as 
in  body.  He  turns  from  side  to  side  and 
groans.  Oh !  0-o-o-h !  He  trembles,  and 
groans.  Conscience  is  busy  with  him.  We 
endeavour  to  ascertain  the  precise  state  of 


204  SCENES  IN  THE 

his  mind,  the  specific  cause  of  his  alarm  ; 
but  he  will  not  let  us  into  his  bosom ;  he 
merely  says,  in  general,  that  he  has  been  a 
very  great  sinner ;  and  only  wishes,  as  you 
perceive,  some  general  applications.  He 
shrinks  from  close  questioning;  there  is  evi- 
dently something  in  his  heart  which  he  in- 
tends you  shall  not  see  ;  he  merely  wishes 
you  to  read  the  Scriptures  and  pray.  You 
comply  with  his  request,  and  with  that  he 
is  satisfied  for  this  time  ;  but  he  is  afraid  he 
may  die,  therefore  he  asks  you  to  come  again 
to-morrow.  And  to-morrow  you  come  as 
he  requested,  but  the  patient  is  easier — eas- 
ier every  way  ;  he  doesn't  groan  as  he  did 
yesterday  ;  and  is  still  more  averse  to  an  ex- 
amination of  his  case,  and  answers  questions 
very  reluctantly.  Your  conversation  seems 
less  grateful  to  him  than  it  did  yesterday. 
He  begins  to  think  that  he  will  not  die  this 
time,  therefore  he  will  not  need  your  services 
on  the  following  day ;  nor  does  he  offer  any 
thanks  for  your  trouble  and  suffering  in  rid- 
ing so  far  in  the  sun. 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  205 

As  you  are  curious,  you  cast  your  eyes 
around  to  see  what  comforts  the  sick  man 
has.  On  the  floor  by  the  side  of  the  bed  is 
a  rusty  tin  cup  half  full  of  water.  There  are 
bits  of  cold  corn  cake  on  -the  shelf,  and 
"  strong"  pork  fried  in  its  own  fat.  The 
sick  man  has  no  desire  for  these  ;  but  there 
is  a  pot  of  sofky^  and  though  the  odor  of  it 
is  any  thing  but  pleasant  to  you,  the  sick 
man  sips  it,  for  it  is  sour  and  grateful  to  his 
fever-coated  tongue. 

You  sum  up  your  observations,  and  con- 
clude, that  though  those  who  are  used  to 
such  a  mode  of  living,  and  to  such  kind  of 
nursing  may  like  it  well  enough,  yet  for 
yourself  you  will  not  become  a  citizen  of 
the  country  on  these  terms. 

SOFKY. 

We  stated  that  the  patient  relished  his 
sofky.  It  is  a  national  dish  with  these  In- 
dians, as  much  as  hommony  and  succotash 
have  been  with  other  tribes.     It  is  made  of 

corn  which  has  been  bruised  in  a  large  wood- 
is 


206  SCENES  IN  THE 

en  mortar  with  a  wooden  pestle,  its  hull 
loosened  and  blown  away  in  a  fan.  It  is 
boiled  in  weak  lye,  then  set  aside  till  it  be- 
comes fermented  and  sour,  and  then  is  eaten 
with  a  spoon. 

That  person  is  no  favourite  with  the  In- 
dians that  doesn't  relish  sofky.  Perhaps 
they  fancy  he  is  proud  if  he  can't  eat  such 
things  as  they  do.  They  don't  hesitate  to 
predict  respecting  the  person  that  can't  eat 
sofky,  that  he  will  not  remain  long  in  the 
country. 

Their  large  hommony — hulled  corn  boiled 
soft — you  would  probably  like  at  once. 

Other  houses  we  could  take  you  to,  where 
you  would  find  things  quite  different  from 
what  they  were  in  the  house  last  visited.  The 
husband  is  a  white  man,  the  wife  an  Indian. 
They  all  use  the  English  language.  Here 
you  find  many  comforts  and  conveniences 
in  and  about  the  house,  and  all  is  clean  ;  the 
children  comfortably  dressed  and  clean,  with 
well  combed  hair  ;  yet  with  rings  and  orna- 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  207 

ments  more  profuse  than  seem  to  be  re- 
quired. 

And  we  might  take  you  on  to  another  house 
where  a  native  lady  presides,  where  there  is 
an  approach  to  elegance. 

There  are  cases  in  which  white  women 
have  become  the  wives  of  Indian  men ;  but 
such  cases  are  not  common. 

We  will  speak  of  one  such 

WHITE  WIFE. 

Her  husband  is  a  prophet,  we  believe. 
She,  if  we  remember,  is  of  the  Hibernian 
race.  We  will  be  able  to  tell  you  how  she 
appears  when  at  home,  and  when  she  takes 
her  walks  abroad,  as  we  have  seen  her  in 
both  conditions.  When  seen  abroad  it  was 
her  fashion  not  to  wear  any  head-dress,  ex- 
cept that  which  nature  gave ;  and  even  that 
a  good  deal  crisped  by  the  sun,  and  faded 
from  its  bright  original  red.  For  dress  she 
wore  a  faded  and  tattered  gown.  One  child 
at  the  breast,  and  one  or  two  crying  at  her 
heels ;  and  as  poorly  clad  as  their  mother. 


208  SCENES  IN  THE 

We  never  saw  her  at  home  but  once.  It 
was  on  a  Sabbath  morning,  and  along  to- 
wards the  middle  of  the  forenoon.  I  was 
riding  to  my  appointment.  It  had  been  a 
warm  night,  and  none  of  the  human  inhab- 
itants of  that  house  had  yet  risen  from  their 
slumbers.  Their  beds  were  outside  and  be- 
fore the  cabin,  on  the  ground  in  the  dry 
dust,  which  the  hogs,  that  had  been  up  a 
long  time,  were  rooting  about  and  blowing 
over  them.  For  bedding  the  lord  had  the 
remnants  of  an  old  buffalo  robe,  the  lady  had 
a  ragged  blanket. 

It  might  seem  a  pity  to  disturb  the  happy 
pair ;  but  I  had  missed  my  way,  and  they 
were  able  to  put  me  right. 

Sleeping  out  of  doors  is  not  an  uncommon 
practice  in  the  summer,  but  it  is  usually  in 
a  more  genteel  manner  than  as  above  de- 
scribed; not  with  the  pigs  in  the  dirt,  but 
on  a  staging  elevated  above  the  ground  to 
keep  the  sleeper  above  the  reach  of  snakes 
and  other  vermin.  It  is  not  uncommon  to 
see  about  an  Indian  dwelling  several  such 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  209 

Stagings  under  the  trees;  they  are  two  or 
three  feet  from  the  ground,  and  long  and 
broad  enough  for  a  man  to  stretch  himself 
on  comfortably.  Here  they  nap  at  noon, 
and  sleep  at  night ;  while  the  tree  defends 
them  from  the  sun  by  day,  and  from  the  dew- 
by  night. 

DRUNKARDS  OF  EPHRAIM. 

In  preceding  pages  we  have  alluded  to 
the  mischief  which  whiskey  caused  in  the 
nation.  The  Indians  generally,  we  believe, 
are  rather  proverbial  for  their  love  of  strong 
drink.  A  writer  long  ago  laboured  hard  in 
trying  to  prove  that  the  aboriginal  tribes  of 
North  America  were  descendants  of  the  lost 
Ten  Tribes  of  Israel ;  and  one  of  the  argu- 
ments which  he  used  was  that  the  Indian 
seems  to  have  an  innate  love  for  intoxicat- 
ing drink.  This,  he  argues,  is  a  reason  for 
supposing  that  they  may  be  descendants  of 
Ephraim — the  drunkards  of  Ephraim. 

18* 


210  SCENES  IN  THE 

PEOHIBITORY  LAWS. 

The  Creeks  have  at  different  times  exerted 
themselves  laudably  to  save  their  Datiou 
from  the  ravages  of  this  scourge,  which  is 
amongst  the  worst  enemies  of  the  red  man, 
and  which  is  one  of  the  evils  introduced  by 
the  white  man. 

The  council  enacted  laws  forbidding  all 
trade  in  intoxicating  drinks,  and  providing 
for  the  unconditional  destruction  of  all  that 
should  at  any  time  be  found  anywhere  with- 
in the  boundaries  of  their  Territory. 

That  which  aroused  the  chiefs  to  action 
in  this  matter  was  the  murder  of  a  daughter 
of  the  principal  chief  by  a  drunken  Indian  ; 
who,  without  any  provocation,  as  he  was  rid- 
ing past  the  chief's  house  in  broad  daylight, 
drew  up  his  rifle  and  deliberately  shot  the 
young  woman  as  she  was  standing  in  the 
door. 

By  order  of  the  council  a  company  of  po- 
lice was  formed,  called  the  Light  Horse ;  whose 
duty  it  was  to  ride  throughout  the  country. 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  211 

hunting  up  and  spilling  all  the  liquor  that 
could  be  found;  and  to  collect  fines  from 
those  who  were  in  any  way  engaged  in 
the  business  of  buying,  or  selling,  or  carry- 
ing it. 

For  a  time  the  law  was  rigidly  enforced  ; 
but  by  degrees  the  chiefs  became  less  watch- 
ful, the  police  became  less  active,  and  then 
the  contraband  dealers  grew  more  bold^  and 
drunkenness  again  became  common. 

SMUGGLERS. 

There  were  wicked  white  men  who  would 
smuggle  whiskey  into  the  country,  or  would 
aid  the  Indians  in  doing  it.  It  was  brought 
in  with  other  lading  of  steamboats,  landed 
in  the  night,  and  carried  away  and  hid  in  the 
bushes.  The  boats  trading  up  and  down 
the  rivers,  and  ascending  far  up  those  rivers, 
often  dealt  out  the  fire  water.  Also  on  the 
borders  of  the  Indian  Territory,  in  the  States 
of  Arkansas  and  Missouri,  there  were  men 
always  lurking,  who  had  fire  water  for  the 
Indian ;  for   which  they  took  in  exchange 


212  SCENES  IN  THE 

his  money,  or  whatever  article  of  value  he 
would  part  with.  When  a  barrel  or  smaller 
quantity  of  this  contraband  article  had  been 
purchased,  it  was  hurried  into  the  woods 
and  cunningly  secreted  ;  and  the  fact  was 
immmediately  communicated  to  those  who 
were  known  to  love  the  article,  and  who 
would  not  divulge  the  secret. 

Others  would  travel  over  the  country  to 
the  borders  of  the  States,  and  having  pur- 
chased a  couple  of  kegs,  or  large  jugs,  filled 
with  this  their  darling  beverage,  they  slung 
them  over  the  back  of  the  pony,  and  then 
they  journeyed  homewards.  We  once  encoun- 
tered on  the  prairie  a  small  caravan  of  such 
traders.  They  had  been  met  by  a  company 
of  their  drinking  friends,  and  a  pair  of 
quarter  barrels  had  been  taken  down  and 
broached ;  and  they  seemed  to  be  having 
what  they  would  call  "  a  good  time  "  over 
them. 

"When  a  jug  of  whiskey  has  been  brought 
clandestinely  into  a  neighbourhood,  certain 
of  the  whiskey-loving  people   soon  gather 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  213 

around  it,  and  stay  by  it  till  the  jug  is 
empty  ;  and  on  such  occasions  they  are  apt 
to  have  a  pretty  crazy  time. 

MORNING  AFTER  A  DEBAUCH. 

Wishing  as  far  as  possible  to  become  ac- 
quainted with  the  people,  and  to  visit  every 
house,  at  least  every  house  that  was  within  a 
half  day's  ride  of  the  Mission  ;  one  morning, 
as  soon  as  we  could  be  spared,  we  started 
out,  but  without  an  interpreter.  Striking 
off  into  an  unfrequented  road  which  led 
along  through  the  skirts  of  the  forest,  where 
the  prairie  and  timber  land  meet  and  mingle, 
we  came  upon  a  cornfield,  but  there  was  no 
habitation  in  sight.  Following  the  fence 
around,  we  found  a  place  where  was  the 
"gap,"  and  a  path  leading  towards  the 
middle  of  the  field.  Through  this  gap,  and 
up  the  road  we  travelled,  conjecturing  how 
many  wolfish  dogs  the  man  might  keep, 
and  how  they  would  be  likely  to  receive  a 
stranger. 

In  the  centre  of  the  field  we  found  the 


214  SCENES  IN  THE 

cabin  with  a  melon  patch  and  vegetable 
garden  near  it.  Several  dogs  sprang  up 
and  rushed  forward  to  challenge  us.  A 
number  of  hungry  looking  ponies  were  tied 
to  stakes  and  trees  about  the  premises.  We 
knocked  at  the  door,  but  had  to  repeat  the 
ceremony  several  times  before  we  were  in- 
vited in.  Upon  entering  we  found  eight  or 
ten  Indians  ;  some  stretched  at  full  length 
upon  the  floor,  and  paying  very  little  atten- 
tion to  the  intruder  :  some  were  sitting  on 
the  floor.  Some  looked  ashamed,  some  in- 
different, and  some  appeared  as  though 
they  were  angry  at  being  disturbed.  Two 
earthen  jugs  without  corks  were  rolling 
about  the  floor.  There  was  one  woman  in 
the  cabin,  a  poor  forlorn  creature,  skulking 
from  corner  to  corner,  having  that  quick 
sneaking  motion  of  the  eye,  and  that  dodg- 
ing habit  of  the  head,  which  are  acquired  by 
those  who  are  accustomed  to  be  unexpect- 
edly assailed  by  sharp  words,  and  by  cuffs 
and  cudgelling. 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  215 

THE  WAY  OF  TRANSGRESSORS  HARD. 

Dealers  in  whiskey  by  and  by  became  more 
bare-faced,  outraging  the  feelings  of  all  de- 
cent people  :  one  such  case  we  will  mention. 
An  old  worn  out  and  condemned  steamboat 
had  been  purchased  by  some  of  that  class 
of  persons  who,  by  their  abominable  deeds, 
make  us  ashamed  of  our  white  skin,  and 
cause  us  to  blush  for  our  human  nature. 
At  some  point  below  they  had  loaded  with 
whiskey,  nothing  but  whiskey  ;  and  steamed 
on  away  up  towards  the  head  of  navigation. 
How  much  mischief  they  had  done  before 
they  reached  us  we  do  not  know  ;  but  with 
many  barrels  still  on  board,  they  came  up 
the  silent  Verdigris,  determined  to  remain 
till  their  cargo  should  be  disposed  off.  They 
tied  up  their  boat,  and  put  out  their  fires — 
the  fires  of  the  furnaces  they  put  out,  but 
other  fires  they  kindled,  such  as  are  set  on 
fire  of  hell.  They  sold  by  the  barrel,  and 
by  the  jug  and  the  bottle  full ;  and  they  sold 
by    the   single   drink.     The   poor    Indians 


216  SCENES  IN  THE 

might  be  seen  lying  about  on  the  banks  of 
the  river,  and  on  the  decks  of  the  vessel 
dead  drunk. 

But,  by  some  means,  an  account  of  all  this 
found  its  way  to  Yan  Buren,  where  the 
Superintendent  of  Indian  affairs  resides ; 
and  a  party  of  men  was  dispatched  to  see  to 
the  business.  The  boat  was  seized,  the 
whiskey  barrels  broken  and  their  contents 
poured  into  the  river,  and  all  the  men 
marched  on  foot  from  the  mouth  of  the 
Yerdigris  to  Yan  Buren  ;  in  which  journey 
they  had  an  opportunity  of  learning  that 
transgressors  do  sometimes  have  a  hard  road 
to  travel. 

Recently  the  Creek  council  has  reaffirmed 
the  prohibitory  laws.  In  recent  letters  from 
a  former  pupil  of  the  Kowetah  school,  now 
the  head  of  a  family  and  engaged  in  farming 
and  in  merchandising  in  a  small  way,  we 
have  these  statements,  which  we  give  in  his 
own  words. 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  217 


EXTRACTS  FROM  LETTERS. 

"  I  suppose  you  would  be  very  glad  to 
hear  our  law  prohibiting  the  introduction 
of  ardent  spirits  into  the  nation  is  still  en- 
forced, and  it  is  executed  by  the  Light  Horse 
company  appointed  by  the  nation,  whose 
duty  it  is  to  search,  find,  and  spill  all  the 
spirituous  liquors  that  may  be  found  in 
their  respective  limits,  and  to  collect  a  fine 
at  the  hands  of  the  venders  at  the  rate  of 
four  dollars  per  gallon  for  all  liquors  so 
spilled." 

"  All  fines  so  collected  are  used  for  the 
benefit  of  the  Light  Horse  company."  "I 
am  rejoiced  to  say  that  our  people  are  trying 
to  do  some  good."  "  Christianity  is  still 
making  progress.  The  word  of  God  is 
spreading  wider  every  year.  We  beg  your 
prayers  for  assistance."  "The  people  are 
generally  very  sober  for  the  last  three  years, 
with  a  few  exceptions."  "  There  has  been  a 
great  deal  of  sickness  this  fall,  though  not 
many  deaths." 

19 


218  SCENES  IN  THE 

These  extracts  are  given,  partly  that  you 
may  see  what  kind  of  scholars  are  made  at 
those  Mission  schools,  and  what  kind  of 
citizens  they  are  training  for  the  nation. 
We  wish  we  could  spread  one  of  the  letters 
before  you,  that  you  might  observe  in  what 
a  clerkly  manner  it  is  written. 

BIG  MEETINGS. 

Indians  seem  to  be  fond  of  great  gather- 
ings. It  used  to  appear  that  they  felt 
more  comfortable  while  sitting  on  a  hewed 
log,  or  even  on  the  bare  ground  under  the 
trees,  or  under  the  booths  made  of  green 
boughs  which  were  supported  on  forked 
sticks,  than  on  benches  or  chairs  within 
walls  which  had  doors  and  windows  ;  and 
some  seemed  to  enjoy  a  meal  more  if  they 
could  take  it  while  seated  on  the  grass,  and 
could  drink  water  which  was  dipped  with  a 
gourd  from  a  spring,  instead  of  that  which 
was  drawn  with  a  bucket  from  a  cold  well. 
They  were  fond  of  camp  meetings  ;  and  if 
there  was  to  be  a  barbacue  and  free  dinners, 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  219 

a  great  crowd  might  be  expected.  Mission- 
aries of  other  denominations  in  the  country 
had  a  great  many  such  meetings.  Some  of 
the  Indians  attending  them  spread  for  their 
families  a  canvas  tent,  others  cut  down 
branches  of  trees  and  constructed  a  booth, 
and  others  spread  their  blankets  on  the 
earth  with  only  the  sky  for  a  covering. 

Doubtless  many  were  brought  within  the 
sound  of  the  gospel  by  these  meetings,  who 
would  not  come  to  more  quiet  places ;  but 
"  camping  out"  in  all  weather  could  not  be 
favourable  to  the  health  of  the  missionaries, 
and  in  such  crowds  there  were  liable  to 
be  lewd  fellows  of  the  baser  sort,  who  felt 
no  responsibility  to  behave  gravely  ;  and 
the  grounds  around  the  camp  sometimes, 
we  were  told,  witnessed  conduct  not  be- 
coming the  precincts  of  a  place  of  wor- 
ship. 

UNLETTERED  PREACHERS. 

During  the  time  in  which  missionary  la- 
bours were  suppressed  throughout  the  nation, 


220  SCENES  IN  THE 

there  were  still  a  few  Indians,  and  a  few 
black  men  who  attempted  to  preach ;  and 
from  traditions  respecting  them  it  is  to  be 
feared  that  they  did  not  perfectly  elucidate 
every  subject  which  they  undertook  to  han- 
dle. For  example,  in  a  cabin  where  our  pi- 
oneer missionary  once  stopped  to  beg  the 
privilege  of  spreading  his  blanket  on  the 
floor  for  the  night,  when  it  became  known 
that  he  was  a  preacher  the  old  woman  seem- 
ed rejoiced  ;  for  she  said  she  had  a  very  im- 
portant question  which  she  had  been  wait- 
ing a  long  time  to  have  solved,  but  nobody 
in  the  country  had  learning  enough  to  do  it. 
And  she  proceeded:  "  My  man  here  says  that 
it  was  a  plum  which  the  woman  took  and 
gave  to  the  man  ;  but  I  tell  him  that  it  was 
a  grape  which  the  man  took  and  gave  to  the 
woman.  Now,  sir,  who  is  right?"  The  mis- 
sionary said,  "It  was  the  woman  that  first 
took  of  i\iQ  forhidden fruit  and  gave  it  to  the 
man.  We  do  not  positively  know  what  sort 
of  fruit  it  was,  but  it  was  not  more  likely  to 
have  been  a  plum  or  a  grape  than  an  apple." 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  221 

"There  it  is,"  she  says;  "our  own  country 
preachers,  without  learning,  do  misguide 
us  so.  But  when  you  that  have  learning 
come,  and  bring  that  big  book  itself  along 
with  you,  then  we  may  know  that  what  we 
hear  is  true,  and  we  may  believe  and  not 
doubt." 

Some  missionaries  of  other  denominations 
still  employ  that  same  class  of  uneducated 
preachers,  who  are  capable  of  being  very 
useful,  if  set  to  work  in  their  proper  sphere, 
but  when  put  to  expounding  the  law  they 
are  altogether  out  of  their  place.  One  of 
this  class  was  trying  to  preach  one  night  at 
a  camp  ground  not  far  from  the  Mission, 
and  a  white  man,  long  resident  in  the  coun- 
try, was  there.  He  understood  both  English 
and  Indian,  and  also  remembered  enough  of 
Scripture  to  see  when  the  preacher  was  go- 
ing astray.  He  gave  a  brief  account  of  the 
sermon,  a  part  of  which  we  still  recollect. 
The  preacher  undertook  to  give  the  sub- 
stance of  the  first  portion  of  the  first  chapter 
of  John's  gospel,  and  then  went  on  to  state 

19* 


222  SCENES  IN  THE 

that  John,  the  writer  of  that  gospel,  was 
John  the  Baptist;  yes,  John  the  Baptist,  the 
very  founder  of  their  /Jhurch,  and  the  same 
that  used  to  go  up  and  down  the  Jordan 
hunting  the  deep  places  to  baptize  people  in. 

Our  reporter  remarked,  that  undoubtedly 
native  preachers  would  be  a  good  thing;  but 
then  he  thought  it  would  be  "mighty  con- 
venient like"  for  them  to  have  a  little  learn- 
ing ;  at  least  enough  so  that  they  might  be 
able  to  read  a  few  chapters  in  the  Testament 
for  themselves.  He  thought  that  the  nation 
could  afford  to  have  fewer  preachers,  if  those 
few  were  well  furnished  for  their  work. 

More  haste  makes  less  speed  sometimes. 
Unqualified  teachers,  and  preachers  who 
have  run  before  they  were  sent,  do  a  great 
deal  of  "  bad  work,"  which  costs  their  suc- 
cessors much  trouble  and  patience  to  undo. 

The  communion  seasons  of  the  Mission 
churches  were  always  deeply  interesting  and 
solemn.  Members  of  the  church,  whose 
homes  were  far  off  in  different  parts  of  the 
country,  would   gather  into  these  services, 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  223 

often  bringing  friends  with  them,  who  were 
entertained  at  the  Mission,  or  at  the  houses 
of  their  Christian  brethren  in  the  vicinity 
while  the  meetings  continued. 

EXAMINATION  DAY. 

The  stated  examinations  of  the  schools 
were  a  sort  of  gala  day  for  the  pupils,  when 
their  parents  and  friends  assembled  at  the 
Mission  to  see  what  prodigies  their  own 
children  had  become,  (able  to  read  the  books 
equal  to  white  people !)  to  hear  their  recita- 
tions, and  witness  their  performances  on  the 
black  board. 

It  was  a  pleasure  on  those  occasions  to 
have  the  parents  seated  with  their  children 
at  table;  old  and  young  enjoying  themselves 
together. 

Our  faithful  coloured  man  was  in  his  ele- 
ment at  such  times ;  for  he  would  be  sorry 
to  let  the  event  pass  off  without  a  barbacue; 
and  he  "  calculated"  that  few  could  excel 
him  in  that  particular  branch  of  cooking. 
On  the  previous  day  he  dug  a  pit  two  or 


224  SCENES  IN  THE 

three  feet  deep,  in  which  he  started  a  fire 
and  kept  it  up  all  night,  rolling  in  more 
and  heavier  logs,  until  by  morning  the  pit 
was  apparently  half  full  of  live  coals. 

Over  this  a  staging  of  poles  was  built, 
and  on  it  the  ox  was  laid,  having  first  been 
cut  into  convenient  pieces  ;  and  these  had 
frequently  to  be  turned,  till  at  the  appointed 
time  it  was  ready  to  be  served  up,  with 
some  other  things  which  the  country  af- 
forded. 

Next  comes  the  parting,  and  the  dispers- 
ing to  their  own  homes.  Indians,  however, 
are  not  much  given  to  complimenting,  nor 
do  they  usually  make  so  much  ado  at  meet- 
ing and  parting  as  some  other  people;  and 
so  some  of  the  children  may  be  on  the  road, 
before  we  are  aware  that  they  have  left  the 
house.  It  is  surprising  to  see  how  heavy  a 
load  a  horse  can  travel  under.  A -man  or 
woman  mounts  a  pony,  and  then  the  boys 
and  girls  get  on  before  and  behind  as  long 
as  there  is  a  place  for  them  to  sit.  In  some 
families  there  is  a  horse  and  trappings  for 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  225 

each  member  of  the  household.  One  such 
family  we  particularly  remember.  They 
lived  far  up  the  country,  were  people  of 
some  means,  and  able  to  appear  in  pretty 
good  style,  for  that  part  of  the  world,  when 
they  went  abroad.  The  father,  a  portly  man, 
rode  a  large  horse;  the  mother,  carrying  an 
infant,  followed  on  another  large  horse. 
Then  came  the  children,  quite  a  company, 
following  in  order  accordingto  their  age  and 
size,  each  having  a  horse  or  pony  which 
seemed  to  have  been  selected  with  reference 
to  size  so  as  to  suit  that  of  its  intended  rider; 
so  that  the  last  of  this  little  cavalcade  was  a 
very  little  boy,  mounted  on  the  smallest  and 
prettiest  pony  that  we  ever  saw  in  the  In- 
dian country. 

THE  COLD  PLAGUE. 

Allusion  has  been  made  to  the  sudden 
deaths  which  occurred  amongst  the  Indians, 
and  also  amongst  any  whites  who,  in  the 
same  climate,  were  not  careful  to  provide 
against  the  changes  of  the  weather.     It  was 


226  SCENES  IN  THE 

a  common  expression,  "Heaps  of  people  die 
here  every  winter."  The  pleurisy,  pneu- 
monia, and  fevers  of  different  types  took  off" 
their  victims  suddenly.  As  sometimes  oc- 
curred, you  might  meet  a  person  one  day  in 
health,  and  three  or  four  days  afterwards  in 
passing  the  house  where  he  had  lived,  you 
might  find  his  neighbours  assembled  to  bury 
him. 

There  was  a  fine  lad  in  the  Tallahassa 
school,  a  modest  and  obedient  boy  he  was, 
always  diligent  in  his  task,  whether  it  was 
study  or  work  ;  and  when  it  was  the  time 
for  play  he  was  ready  for  it.  Monday  had 
been  a  warm  sunny  day,  but  towards  night 
the  wind  blew  down  quite  cold  and  search- 
ing from  the  north.  This  boy  we  observed 
a  while  before  dark,  at  his  appointed  labour 
at  the  wood  pile,  making  the  chips  fly  fast. 
While  resting  now  and  then,  as  he  leaned  on 
his  axe-helve  the  cold  wind  struck  him,  and 
there  perhaps  he  took  the  cold  which  proved 
fatal.  The  next  morning  at  the  breakfast 
table  we  observed  that  he  sat  there  without 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  227 

eating,  and  appeared  to  be  "chilling  a  lit- 
tle," as  we  say  of  those  who  have  slight  at- 
tacks of  chill  and  fever;  that,  however,  was 
not  an  uncommon  occurrence,  and  did  not 
create  alarm.  During  the  day  he  kept  his 
bed,  though  he  complained  but  little,  and 
but  a  few  simple  medicines  were  adminis- 
tered. In  the  night,  however,  his  case  ex- 
cited more  interest,  and  early  in  the  morning 
the  physician  was  called  ;  but  as  soon  as  he 
saw  him  he  shook  his  head,  and  said  it  was 
too  late,  he  feared.  Every  effort  was  made, 
and  every  expedient  iried  to  arrest  the  dis- 
ease, but  in  vain.  He  lived  only  to  the 
middle  of  that  afternoon. 

From  the  moment  that  his  case  became 
alarming,  the  Superintendent  hardly  left  his 
bedside,  and  at  every  favourable  moment  he 
was  giving  useful  instruction,  but  with  what 
results  will  not  be  known  in  this  world. 
Before  his  sickness  he  had  always  been 
serious  and  attentive  in  the  place  of  religious 
worship,  and  he  had  received  much  instruc- 
tion and  private  admonition  from  the  pastor, 


228  SCENES  IN  THE 

and  from  all  the  teachers;  but  concerning 
him  we  have  no  knowledge  that  he  was  pre- 
pared to  die. 

God  waits  upon  us  a  long  time,  and  gives 
abundant  opportunity  to  prepare  for  death : 
and  lest  we  might  be  tempted  to  procrasti- 
nate, he  has  told  us  that  the  Son  of  man  may 
come  as  a  thief  in  the  night;  therefore  he 
has  charged  us  to  watch,  saying,  "  Watch 
therefore  ;  for  ye  know  not  what  hour  your 
Lord  may  come." 

The  Indians  suffered  from  such  attacks  as 
this,  partly  because  of  their  want  of  care- 
fulness to  dress  according  to  the  changes  of 
the  weather,  and  by  their  exposure  at  night. 
They  would  leave  home  with  only  their 
ordinary  clothing,  and  that  very  slight ;  a 
cotton  shirt,  and  a  thin  hunting  jacket ; 
with  perhaps  a  blanket,  or  perhaps  not. 
Some  procured  for  the  winter  a  "  blanket 
coat." 

When  away  on  the  road  they  might  sleep 
in  a  house,  or  out  of  doors  ;  with,  or  with- 
out a  fire.     When  riding  in  the  morning  we 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  229 

sometimes  passed  the  yet  smoking  brands 
of  camp  fires  by  the  wayside. 

ECONOMICAL  LODGINGS. 

One  frosty  morning — Thermometer  at 
15°  (it  often  went  lower.  Feb.  6th  it  was 
2°)  we  saw  at  a  distance  of  half  a  mile  or 
more,  a  smoke  curling  upwards  into  the 
skies,  and  we  walked  out  to  see  who  was 
there.  We  found  one  lone  Indian  in  the  act 
of  "  getting  up  ;"  and  he  was  rising  like  a 
man  refreshed,  as  bright  and  cheerful  as  if  he 
had  slept  on  the  softest  bed. 

When  he  encamped  he  kindled  a  fire,  and 
slept  at  right  angles  to  it,  with  his  feet 
pretty  close  to  the  coals.  He  chose  the 
leeward  side,  so  that  the  wind  carrying  the 
smoke  over  him,  it  would  serve  as  a  canopy, 
and  the  chilly  niglit  vapours  would  thus  be 
prevented  from  falling  on  him. 

As  is  the  custom,  he  had  wrapped  him- 
self entirely  in  his  blanket,  not  excepting 
the  head  ;  for  by  keeping  the  warm  breath 
inside  the  blanket,  it  thus  helps  to  keep  the 

20 


SB'O  SCENES  IN  THE 

body  warm,  they  say.  The  stranger  was 
clad  ia  buckskia  leggins  which  terminated 
in  a  moccason,  a  hunting  shirt,  aud  one 
blanket.  A  tin  cup  sat  near  him,  out  of 
which  he  drank  quite  frequently.  A  rough 
coated  horse  was  tied  to  a  fallen  tree  top, 
and  was  contentedly  nibbling  at  the  limbs, 
as  though  he  had  been  accustomed  to  such 
breakfasts. 

Through  the  language  of  signs  we  ascer- 
tained that  he  had  come  from  the  south-east- 
ern extremity  of  the  Territory,  and  was  go- 
ing on  to  the  old  chief's  residence. 

CHANGE  OF  WEATHER. 

We  have  alluded  to  the  sudden  changes 
of  weather ;  every  country  is  subject  to  the 
same,  yet  not  all  to  the  same  extent. 

Once  in  the  fall  of  the  year  we  had  to  re- 
turn to  our  station  from  the  Tallahassa  Mis- 
sion. The  forenoon  had  been  unseasonably 
warm  ;  what  breeze  there  was  came  from  the 
south.  After  dinner,  when  we  started,  it 
was    sultry,   and   we  feared   to   move   the 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  231 

horses  out  of  a  walk.  Both  our  coat  and 
overcoat  lay  across  the  saddle.  After  tra- 
velling a  quarter  of  the  distance,  it  became 
comfortably  cool  and  our  horses  felt  brisker 
By  and  by  we  were  inclined  to  button  the 
vest ;  there  was  no  wind,  but  away  in  the 
north-west  it  was  growing  darkish.  Now 
we  needed  a  coat ;  the  horses  struck  into  a 
trot:  clouds  began  to  form  away  to  the  north^ 
and  to  roll  slowly  towards  the  south.  Our 
coats  were  now  buttoned,  and  our  horses 
moving  faster;  the  clouds  were  growing 
larger,  and  approaching  nearer;  the  storm 
was  close  upon  us.  Now  overcoat  and  mit- 
tens were  needed ;  but  soon  it  became  so 
cold  that  we  had  to  put  our  horses  into  a 
gallop  to  get  exercise  enough  to  keep  from 
suffering.  A  lady  in  the  company,  who  had 
not  so  good  a  supply  of  shawls  as  we  had  of 
coats,  suffered  more  than  we. 

In  the  winter  in  that  country,  however 
pleasant  the  morning  might  be,  careful  men 
would  not  venture  far  from  home  without 
an  overcoat  or  blanket  across  their  saddle. 


232  SCENES  IN  THE 

RECKLESS  RIDING. 

The  Indians  are  bold  riders,  but  they 
sometimes  meet  with  accidents.  Of  this 
there  was  a  distressing  instance  once  at  Tal- 
lahassa.  At  that  time  there  were  several 
horses  at  the  stable  that  needed  to  be  water- 
ed, and  a  few  of  the  larger  boys  leaped  upon 
their  backs.  Some  had  bridles,  and  some 
only  halters.  Returning  from  the  watering 
place,  the  horses  began  racing ;  as  is  liable 
to  be  the  case  where  several  are  together, 
and  boys  are  their  riders.  Those  without 
bits  in  their  mouths  could  not  be  readily 
managed,  and  one  of  the  young  men,  by  the 
unexpected  wheeling  of  his  horse,  had  his 
head  violently  dashed  against  a  tree  which 
caused  his  death  in  a  short  time.  So  melan- 
choly a  termination  of  what  was  usually  a 
safe  and  pleasant  exercise,  cast  a  deep  gloom 
over  the  school,  and  was  the  occasion  of 
turning  the  thoughts  of  the  pupils  to  the  sub- 
ject of  death,  and  the  necessity  of  being  al- 
ways in  preparation  for  it. 


One  of  the  young  men,  by  the  unexpected  wheeling  of  his  horse, 
had  his  head  violently  dashed  against  a  tree. — F^e  232, 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  233 

At  Kowetah  once,  when  we  were  at  sup- 
per— it  was  after  dark — a  black  man  hurried 
in,  and  in  great  haste  inquired  if  either  of 
us  could  do  anything  for  broken  bones,  for 
"  Peter,"  said  he,  "  has  broke  his  thigh  ^^lump 
offy  "  How  was  that  ?"  we  asked.  "  Why,'' 
he  answered,  "  we  had  finished  thrashing  up 
thar,  and  were  for  starting  home,  and  Pete 
jumped  on  that  wild  colt  of  his'n,  and  he  run 
like  mad,  and  slung  him  across  a  big  oak 
stump  in  the  road  up  thar,  and  it  broke  his 
thigh  plump  off,  sir ;  and  he's  in  awful  mis- 
ery." "  Where  is  he  now  ?"  we  inquired. 
"Just  out  yer  in  the  wagon,"  he  said.  We 
assured  him  that  none  of  us  dared  undertake 
such  a  case  as  that,  and  he  had  better  have 
the  doctor,  who  lived  at  the  other  Mission, 
sent  for  immediately;  and  meantime  the  man 
might  be  brought  into  the  house,  and  we 
would  nurse  him  as  well  as  we  were  able. 
But  no,  they  both  thought  they  would  go 
right  along  to  the  mistress,  and  see  what  she 
thought  best  about  it ;  and  if  she  said,  Send 

for  the  white  doctor,  then  they  would  do  so. 
20  » 


234  SCENES  IN  THE 

They  only  called,  they  said,  to  see  if  perhaps 
we  might  have  some  medicine  to  stop  the 
misery.  So  they  carried  him  four  miles  fur- 
ther in  a  rough  wagon  and  over  a  rougher 
road.  The  mistress,  we  learned,  did  not  fa- 
vour sending  for  a  white  doctor;  for  being 
of  that  class  of  the  Indians  that  are  preju- 
diced against  innovations,  she  believed  the 
Indian's  system  of  treatment  better  than  the 
white  man's.  How  he  was  treated  we  did 
not  learn ;  we  would  have  visited  him,  but 
were  informed  that  admittance  would  be  de- 
nied us.  We  presume,  however,  that  the 
limb  was  bandaged,  and  copiously  bathed  in 
liquids  over  which  incantations  had  be^ii 
performed. 

Many  have  been  crippled  or  killed  in  the 
races  of  drunken  Indians  over  uneven 
ground,  as  well  as  in  the  pursuit  of  game. 

INDIAN  DOCTORS. 

Amongst  civilized  people  we  sometimes 
hear  of  a  great  stir  being  made  about  some 
person  that  pretends  to  be  an  Indian  doctor, 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  235 

or  that  pretends  to  have  Indian  medicines. 
But  the  Indians  themselves  know  very  little 
indeed  about  mediciues,  or  the  nature  of  dis- 
eases. They  have  a  few  simple  remedies,  but 
are  altogether  incompetent  to  treat  a  difficult 
case.  Where  a  cure  has  been  effected,  na- 
ture is  generally  the  healer,  and  conjuration 
receives  the  credit  of  it. 

They  know  of  a  root  which  is  good  for  a 
snake  bite,  and  they  have  the  pleurisy  root, 
and  others  which  are  good  for  other  diseases. 
But  their  principal  dependence  is  upon  the 
Blowers.  Roots  and  herbs  are  gathered 
and  boiled  down  to  make  a  "  black  drink ;" 
but  it  has  no  efficacy  till  the  doctor  has 
given  it  a  healing  power  by  his  own  breath 
blown  into  it  through  a  long  tube,  together 
with  certain  mummeries  performed  over  it. 

In  one  of  our  visiting  excursions  we  came 
upon  a  cabin  in  the  woods,  at  ashort  distance 
from  which  we  encountered  a  curious  struc- 
ture: it  might  be  taken  to  be  a  receptacle 
for  a  dead  body  ;  but  we  were  told  that  it 
was  a   medicine   house,  to  store  medicines 


236  SCENES  IN  THE 

for  gun-shot  wounds,  and  that  the  owner  of 
the  cabin  was  a  gun-shot  doctor.  It  was  a 
little  log  house  about  three  feet  by  five, 
with  a  round  roof  made  of  bark :  a  post 
under  each  corner  supported  it  so  that  the 
floor  was  three  or  four  feet  above  the  - 
ground. 

The  doctor  was  a  tall  gray  haired  man. 
We  inquired  of  him  respecting  his  profes- 
sion. He  said  there  was  very  little  for  him 
to  do  now  a-days — very  little  call  for  his 
medicine  ;  but  back  in  the  old  country,  and 
in  war  time  he  had  plenty  to  do.  ^'  Then 
you  have  been  in  the  wars,  have  you  ?"  we 
asked.  "  Yes,  much  wars,"  he  said.  "  How 
old  are  you  ?"  we  inquired.  "  Can't  tell 
that,"  said  he,  "  only  I  know  that  I  was  in 
the  Old  Ked  Stick  War,  and  just  then  began 
to  be  old  enough  to  carry  a  gun. 

The  Old  Red  Stick  War,  as  we  understood 
it,  was  the  war  of  1812,  in  which  a  part  of 
the  Creeks  fought  against  our  country,  and 
part  of  them  for  it,  being  led  by  Gen.  Jack- 
son.   That  war  is  so  designated  because  the 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  237 

warriors  were  assembled  by  means  of  the 
bundle  of  red  sticks  which  the  runners 
left  in  each  house:  one  of  those  sticks  was 
to  be  thrown  away  each  day,  and  that  day 
in  which  they  had  but  one  stick  left,  every 
man  was  to  go  to  the  appointed  rendez- 
vous. 

Indians  believe  in  Possessions,  that  people 
may  be  possessed  with  the  devil.  There  is 
amongst  them  what  they  term  the  Spirit 
sickness ^Y(h.QXi  a  person  is  possessed  with  some 
spirit;  and  of  course,  incantation  is  needed 
to  cast  out  the  spirit ;  and  until  that  is  done, 
they  believe  the  person  cannot  be  restored. 

They  talk  of  the  horse  sickness,  the  cow  sick- 
ness, (fee,  in  which  the  patient,  as  they  suppose, 
is  influenced  in  some  way  by  these  animals. 
The  doctors  are  expected  to  tell  them  what 
the  sickness  is,  and  to  prescribe  the  remedies. 
Sometimes  certain  portions  of  the  animals 
may  be  eaten,  or  certain  portions  must  be 
abstained  from.  For  example,  a  person 
with  the  headache  must  not  eat  hog's 
head. 


238  SCENES   IN   THE 

They  believe  in  witchcraft.  One  person 
may  bewitch  another:  also  animals  may  be- 
come bewitched,  and  then  they  will  be 
troublesome  to  manage.  There  was  much 
talk  about  a  certain  witch  bear,  against 
which  heavy  charges  were  brought.  He 
was  said  to  come  amongst  the  cattle  and 
swine  at  night,  and  those  which  he  chose 
to  bring  under  his  influence  would  rave 
about  at  a  furious  rate,  and  might  never  be 
docile  afterwards. 

Sometimes  an  application  is  made  to  one 
of  the  prophets  in  behalf  of  persons  that 
are  sick,  to  learn  what  doctor  to  employ,  or 
what  medicines  to  use. 

They  never  apply  to  their  doctors  or 
prophets  without  taking  a  present  in  their 
hands  ;  and  those  presents  are  liberal,  and 
useful. 

PROPHETS. 

The  Indians  have  their  prophets,  and 
schools  of  the  prophets;  for  it  is  a  profes- 
sion   which   has   to   be   studied.     The    old 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  239 

prophets  have  young  lads  living  with  them 
as  apprentices:  these  are  generally  their 
own  nephews.  These  men  have  much  in- 
fluence: they  are  applied  to  sometimes  in 
cases  of  sickness :  information  in  regard  to 
lost  or  stolen  property  is  sought  from  them; 
and  they  are  consulted  in  relation  to  many 
matters,  both  secular  and  religious.  They 
give  out  their  responses  with  much  assurance, 
as  though  there  was  not  the  least  doubt  in 
their  own  minds ;  but  they  are  not  always 
right. 

One  of  these  prophets,  an  old  man,  and 
very  corpulent,  came  riding  by  one  morn- 
ing :  it  was  a  dark  morning  with  no  clear 
sky.  We  had  a  short  journey  to  perform, 
but  it  was  not  so  urgent  that  we  need  expose 
ourselves  to  a  wetting ;  and  we  were  out 
taking  our  observations  of  the  weather  as 
the  prophet  was  passing. 

We  saluted  him  with  "  Good  morning," 
and  asked,  "AATill  it  rain  to  day?"  He 
stopped  ;  looked  very  wise ;  turned  his  eyes 
upwards,  then  downwards ;  gazed  away  into 


240  SCENES  IN  THE 

the  east,  then  into  the  west;  then  looked 
north  and  then  south ;  then  with  downcast 
eyes  he  sat  a  moment  *'  working  up  "  his  ob- 
servations, and  then  announced  the  result 
and  thus  it  was,  "  Yes,  it  will  rain  to  day." 
"  Well,  and  just  about  what  time  will  it 
begin  to  rain  ?"  we  asked.  This  required 
further  observation,  and  was  in  fact  rather  a 
hard  question  ;  but  he  must  answer  in  some 
way,  and  so  he  said,  "Just  about  eleven 
o'clock  it  will  begin."  We  didn't  quite 
agree  with  the  old  man,  however,  and  were 
going  on  to  get  the  horse,  when  we  met 
another  Indian,  a  young  man,  and  said  to 
him,  "And  what  do  you  think  about  the 
weather — will  it  rain  to  day,  or  not?" 

He  too  took  a  good  look  at  the  clouds, 
and  noticed  the  wind,  and  said,  "  Well,  I 
don't  know  much  about  it,  but  /  guess  it 
will  clear  up  in  about  an  hour  or  so."  The 
young  man's  guess  was  nearer  right  than  the 
prophet's  decision. 

Prophets  are  the  professional  keepers  of 
the   traditions,  and  the  teachers  in  respect 


INDIAN"  COUNTRY.  241 

to  the  ancient  customs.  Persons  desirous 
of  becoming  doctors,  or  sorcerers,  as  well  as 
those  expecting  to  be  chiefs,  gather  up  as 
much  as  possible  of  their  traditional  his- 
tory and  unwritten  tales  and  romances.  The 
orators,  we  are  told,  weave  into  their  speeches 
a  great  variety  of  traditional  and  legendary 
matter. 

THE  BUSK. 

This  is  an  annual  feast,  to  which  allusion 
has  already  been  made.  We  do  not  claim  to 
understandallaboutit,  norif  wedid  would  we 
have  time  to  relate  it,  and  you,  we  fear,  might 
not  have  patience  to  hear  it  all.  This  yearly 
festival  was  observed  by  nearly  all  the  clans 
at  their  respective  "squares,"  or  head  quar- 
ters. Like  as  it  was  amongst  the  Jews, 
every  person  living  in  the  Territory  must 
have  his  name  enrolled  somewhere;  and  this 
register  was  according  to  the  house  and  line- 
age to  which  they  belonged  ;  and  at  certain 
seasons  they  went  "every  one  into  his  own 
city." 

21 


245  SCENES  IN  THE 

We  were  told  that  anciently  these,  now 
small  clans,  were  separate  and  powerful 
tribes ;  but  the  various  casualties  of  war, 
famine,  disease,  and  frequent  removals  had 
wasted  them,  till  at  length  they  had  become 
confederate  under  common  chiefs,  and  form- 
ed but  one  nation ;  though  each  clan  had  still 
its  subordinate  chief,  and  certain  internal 
regulations  peculiarly  its  own. 

The  Busk  has  in  it  a  variety  of  usages,  in 
which  those  who  are  curious  on  this  subject 
may  find  something  that  will  correspond  to 
what  was  found  in  one  or  the  other  of  the 
Jewish  feasts.  In  cutting  down  branches  of 
trees,  and  making  them  into  booths,  and 
dwelling  in  them  during  the  festival,  it  cor- 
responds to  the  feast  of  Tabernacles.  In  its 
being  the  occasion  on  which  an  offering  of 
the  ears  of  green  corn  is  made  to  the  Great 
Spirit,  and  this  too  before  any  of  the  people 
may  eat  of  it  at  home,  it  may  have  something 
parallel  to  the  Pentecost.  It  continued  the 
same  number  of  days  as  the  Passover.  They 
say  it  is  kept  in  commemoration  of  the  giv- 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  243 

ing  of  the  law  to  them  by  the  Great  Spirit ; 
and  Iq  this  also  it  reminds  us  of  the  Pente- 
cost. 

On  this  occasion  they  renew  their  fire  by 
rubbing  pieces  of  wood  together,  and  from 
this  they  light  all  the  fires  used  during  the 
feast,  and  each  family  is  expected  to  carry 
home  some  of  it  with  which  to  begin  another 
ecclesiastical  year  ;  and  this  too  is  consider- 
ed necessary  in  order  to  keep  disease  and 
every  bad  influence  from  the  house.  Water 
is  drawn  from  the  spring  into  which  the  con- 
jurer blows  a  blessing  through  his  reed,  and 
the  people  all  drink  of  it,  supposing  they 
are  imbibing  health-insuring  draughts.  The 
Jews,  we  are  told,  at  their  feast  of  Taberna- 
cles had  a  custom  of  drawing  water  from  the 
fountain  of  Siloah,  and  pouring  it  with  great 
pomp  and  hilarity  upon  the  altar. 

The  manner  in  which  the  people  were  as- 
sembled to  this  feast  was  by  means  of  her- 
alds dispatched  by  the  Mekko,  each  with 
many  little  bundles  of  sticks  ;  one  of  which 
is  left  in  each  house,  with  the  direction  to 


244  SCENES  IN  THE 

throw  one  stick  away  every  morning,  and 
that  morning  on  which  but  one  stick  remains 
they  are  to  repair  to  the  Busk  ground. 

The  interval  between  giving  the  notice 
and  the  commencement  of  the  feast,  is  termed 
The  hroTcen  days,  from  the  circumstance  of 
the  broken  sticks  which  register  the  time 
Certain  of  the  men  are  detailed  to  make  the 
public  grounds  all  clean,  and  to  repair  the 
public  booths.  Each  family  was  expected 
to  go  forth  and  fetch  branches  of  thick  trees 
and  make  booths  for  themselves.  A  number 
of  the  women  were  selected  to  do  the  cook- 
ing for  the  occasion,  from  the  provisions 
which  were  contributed  for  that  purpose,  and 
which  every  man  brought  willingly,  accord- 
ing to  the  number  of  their  household. 

Not  to  attend  this  feast,  and  not  to  be  pre- 
sent on  all  the  days  of  it,  was  regarded  as  a 
misdemeanor,  for  which  a  fine  was  levied, 
and  if  not  paid  willingly,  the  Light  Horse 
were  dispatched  to  seize  and  sell  property, 
whatever  they  might  find.  Christians,  and 
enlightened  Indians,  whose  consciences  for- 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  245 

bade  their  attending  these  festivals  because 
of  the  folly,  lascivionsness,  and  wickedness 
which  is  mixed  up  in  them,  are  therefore, 
you  see,  subjected  to  persecutions  and  losses 
for  conscience  sake. 

One  of  the  days  in  which  they  are  together 
is  the  season  of  a  general  fast.  It  is  a  day 
of  mourning  and  of  drinking  bitter  herbs. 
Sitting  ou  the  ground,  in  a  great  melancholy 
circle,  at  a  given  hour  of  the  day  huge  ves- 
sels of  the  "  black  drink"  are  passed  around. 
It  is  made  of  roots  and  herbs  boiled  together, 
and  designed  to  operate  as  an  emetic.  A 
large  feather  accompanies  the  vessel,  which 
is  used  by  those  who  prefer  to  have  their 
sickness  soon  over.  White  men  who  have  be- 
come citizens  of  the  country  cannot  be  ex- 
cused from  this  ordeal.  Chiefs  and  people^ 
old  and  young,  sit  on  the  ground  together ; 
and  are  all  sick  together ;  and  doubtless  it 
is  a  sickening  spectacle.  The  day  of  fasting 
prepares  the  way  for  the  days  of  feasting 
which  follow. 

The  public  booths  are   arranged  around 

21* 


246  SCENES  IN  THE 

the  sides  of  a  square,  and  facing  inwards.  In 
the  centre  of  the  square  a  pole  is  erected  ; 
around  the  foot  of  the  pole  a  nnound  of  earth 
is  thrown  up  ;  and  around  this  mound  is  the 
dancing  ground. 

There  are  a  great  variety  of  dances,  each 
having  its  peculiar  step  or  "  hop,"  and  grim- 
ace, and  its  own  music.  The  old  Indians 
contend  that  the  Great  Spirit  gave  them  all 
these ;  and  therefore  they  are  bound  with 
religious  care  to  observe  them,  and  to  teach 
them  to  their  children  ;  and  these  again  to 
their  children :  and  this,  they  say,  is  one  of 
the  reasons  why  it  grieves  them  to  see  so 
many  of  their  young  people  forsaking  the 
customs  of  their  fathers  ;  they  fear  lest  the 
displeasure  of  the  Great  Spirit  may  be  vis- 
ited on  them  on  account  of  their  irreligion. 

Some  of  the  dan.ceS,  they  say,  were  learned 
from  the  bears  ;  others  were  communicated 
to  them  from  heaven,  for  it  would  be  impos- 
sible, they  say,  for  man  ever  to  invent  any- 
thing so  intricate  and  so  ingenious,  with  the 
music  and  step  agreeing  so  exactly. 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  247 

These  scenes  are  schools  of  immorality. 
It  is  "  promiscuous  dancing,"  and  in  some  of 
them  the  dancers  are  nearly  nude  ;  the  men 
rally  the  women  in  a  coarse  and  vulgar 
manner,  and  the  women  retort  in  a  similar 
style. 

At  the  Kowetah  Busk  house  are  a  number 
of  large  sea  shells  which  were  brought  on 
from  Georgia  in  the  exodus  of  the  tribe, 
when  they  came  to  find  a  home  in  the  West. 
They  are  used  to  divine  by  ;  and  in  one  of 
the  dances  they  are  placed  on  the  ground, 
and  the  dancers  move  around  them.  They 
are  considered  sacred,  and  may  not  be 
touched  by  any  but  the  appointed  officers. 

All  their  amusements  are  kept  up,  day 
and  night,  and  over  a  Sabbath  day.  The 
dances  are  mostly  by  night,  and  by  the 
lurid  light  of  torches  and  camp  fires.  The 
days  are  passed  off  in  sleeping,  and  in  tell- 
ing stories. 

It  is  a  time  for  teaching  the  children,  and 
for  refreshing  the  minds  of  the  older  ones 
with  all  the  facts  and  fancies  touching  them- 


248  SCENES  TN  THE 

selves  and  tlieir  ancestors  ;  the  marvellous 
deeds  of  their  braves,  and  the  sufferings  and 
wrongs  endured  by  themselves  and  by  their 
fathers,  with  a  special  emphasis  on  the 
wrongs.  They  relate  the  things,  some  of 
which  they  saw,  and  a  part  of  which  they 
were.     If  they  begin  with 

TRADITIONS, 

They  can  commence  as  far  back  as  when 
the  first  stock  of  their  race  emerged  from  a 
hole  in  the  ground  far  away  in  the  west  : 
and  that  earth  out  of  which  they  came  was 
red ;  consequently  the  people  were  red,  and 
therefore  their  name  Eed  men.  Here  again 
the  curious  may  discover  a  remnant  of  the 
true  tradition ;  that  man  was  made  of  the 
dust  of  the  earth,  and  called  Adam  ;  which 
word  is  derived  from  a  root  meaning  redeo.rth. 
Then  comes  the  history  of  their  countless 
removals  eastward  in  which  they  were  pretty 
constantly  fighting ;  dispossessing  a  tribe 
and  appropriating  their  fields  and  dwellings, 
or  in  building  forts  where  to  make  a  stand 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  249 

for  a  while  against  a  tribe  or  tribes  more 
powerful  than  they.  Thus  for  a  long  series 
of  years  they  continued  their  migrations 
and  freebootings,  until  they  reached  the 
hunting  grounds  where  the  early  white 
settlers  of  our  country  found  them. 

With  this  scrap  of  their  own  unwritten 
history  their  own  mouths  have  sometimes 
been  stopped  when,  as  was  their  wont,  they 
would  begin  to  complain  bitterly  of  their 
"forcible"  removal  to  the  west,  "  What!" 
we  would  exclaim,  *'  was  that  country  yours? 
Haven't  we  heard  you  tell  how  your  brave 
ancestors  drove  other  tribes  before  them 
and  seized  their  possessions  ?  and  do  you 
complain  of  being  compelled  to  relinquish 
what  was  obtained  in  that  way  ?" 

At  those  public  gatherings  the  old  Indians 
endeavoured  to  impress  the  younger  ones 
with  the  importance  of  preserving  all  their 
ancient  practices:  some  of  which  would  be 
rehearsed,  such  as  the  rules  relating  to  un- 
clean things  ;  for  they  regard  certain  creatures 


250  SCENES  IN  THE 

as  unclean,  sucli  as  the  horse,  the  crow,  the 
buzzard  ;  these  may  not  be  eaten. 

But  to  give  a  more  extended  account  of 
these  matters  might  prove  too  tedious. 

As  before  intimated,  these  old  customs 
and  superstitions  are  becoming  more  un- 
popular, as  the  Christian  party  gradually 
grows  stronger,  and  the  heathen  party  weaker. 
So  let  the  missionaries  continue  to  labour, 
and  to  labour  in  hope  ;  and  let  the  church 
continue  to  give,  and  to  pray,  and  to  pray  in 
faith. 

MAKRIAGE  AND  COURTSHIP. 

Amongst  the  Indians  that  have  not  come 
under  Christian  influence,  the  customs  in 
regard  to  the  matter  of  taking  a  wife  vary 
from  the  regulations  in  civilized  countries, 
and  from  what  the  Bible  requires.  Some- 
times matches  are  made  by  the  parents  of 
the  young  people,  and  they  are  given  to 
each  other,  with  the  desire  and  the  charge  to 
be  faithful  to  one  another.  But  in  many 
cases  the  man  chooses  a  woman,  and  if  she 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  251 

is  willing  to  be  his  wife,  he  takes  her  home 
and  lives  with  her  as  long  as  he  sees  best ; 
and  then  if  he  becomes  tired  of  her,  or  finds 
another  that  he  prefers,  he  abandons  her. 
The  law,  however,  requires  that  he  leave 
the  homestead  to  the  wife  thus  deserted. 
But  to  evade  this,  wicked  men  sometimes  so 
torment  and  vex  the  woman,  that  she  is 
forced  to  go  out  without  property  or  pro- 
vision of  anj  kind. 

There  are  instances,  in  which  men  have 
more  wives  than  one.  When  this  is  the 
case  the  different  wives  are  put  into  separate 
houses,  and  those  houses  are  sometimes 
several  miles  apart:  the  husband  visits  thera 
in  rotation,  spending  a  few  days  or  weeks 
with  one,  then  passing  on  to  the  other. 

We  do  not,  however,  assert  that  such  a 
state  of  things  as  above  described  is  the 
prevailing  condition  of  society  amongst  that 
tribe  of  Indians  of  whom  we  are  speaking; 
we  would  hope  that  faithfulness  and  con- 
stancy to  one  wife  are  the  rule,  and  that 
bigamy  and  inconstancy  are  the  exceptions ; 


252  SCENES  IN  THE 

and  furthermore  we  hope  that  an  enlightened 
and  Christian  sentiment  on  this  subject  will 
before  long  become  so  prevalent  that  the 
Council  will  be  moved  to  enact  laws  in  re- 
gard to  this  matter  agreeable  to  the  laws  of 
God.      ■ 

SOME  INCIDENTS  OF  A  DAY's  KIDE. 

We  take  a  south-west  course ;  the  country 
is  broken  and  well  wooded,  with  many 
brooks  for  us  to  cross.  The  habitations  are 
scattered,  from  half  a  mile  to  three  miles 
apart.  In  a  lonely  place  in  the  woods  we 
come  upon  a  burying  ground.  The  graves 
are  formed  very  much  as  we  would  make 
them.  Few  Indians  pass  this  way  by  day, 
much  less  will  they  do  so  by  night,  because 
of  their  fear  of  ghosts. 

We  travel  on  till  we  come  to  a  large  farm, 
to  visit  which,  and  the  people  upon  it,  was 
the  principal  object  of  this  day's  excursion. 
We  find  the  owner  at  home,  and  more  soci- 
able than  we  expected  from  what  we  had 
been  told  concerning  him ;  but  he  was  not 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  253 

friendly  to  the  Christian  religion.  He  spoke 
English  very  well,  and  we  conversed  at  con- 
siderable length.  He  had  about  fifty  negroes, 
and  we  desired  permission  to  preach  to  them  ; 
either  to  have  them  assembled  at  noon,  or  to 
go  from  house  to  house  on  the  plantation. 
But  he  seemed  to  think  that  their  religious 
interests  were  abundantly  provided  for,  since 
there  was  a  preacher  amongst  them,  who 
gave  them  a  sermon  every  Sabbath  day. 

We  heard  good  accounts  of  this  coloured 
preacher,  as  to  his  piety  and  good  example, 
and  that  some  of  the  negroes  were  hopefully 
pious. 

On  our  return  we  called  at  the  cabins  of 
two  free  coloured  men,  who  had  obtained 
citizenship  in  the  nation.  They  were  doing 
tolerably  well  as  farmers.  The  heads  of 
these  families,  together  with  some  of  their 
children,  appeared  to  be  devoted  Christians, 
and  to  be  hungering  and  thirsting  after  right- 
eousness. None  of  them  were  able  to  read, 
and  when  wereadandexplainedtheScriptures 
to  them,  they  listened  with  ardent  interest. 

22 


254  SCENES  IN  THE 

They  were  ready  to  overwhelm  us  with 
thanks,  and  begged  us  to  visit  them  again  ; 
for  it  was  only  once  in  a  while  that  they 
could  get  even  a  fewcrumbs  of  the  word  of  God. 
Oh,  how  they  wished  that  some  members  of 
their  families  were  able  to  read  ! 

We  have  often  wished  that  those  people 
who  have  the  Bible  but  neglect  to  read  it, 
might  have  witnessed  with  what  eagerness 
these  poor  people  received  the  few  para- 
graphs we  were  able  to  read  to  them. 

Riding  homewards,  we  come  unexpectedly 
upon  a  little  cabin  in  the  woods  almost  en- 
tirely covered  with  trees.  A  middle  aged 
man  was  sitting  on  a  log  before  the  door, 
and  with  a  knife  was  shaping  a  large  wood- 
en spoon.  This  seemed  to  be  his  trade ;  for 
a  few  wooden  bowls,  and  spoons,  and  other 
articles  of  wooden  ware  were  to  be  seen  fin- 
ished, and  ready  for  market.  The  picture 
was  rather  pleasing;  the  man  seemed  con- 
tented and  happy;  several  children  are  sport- 
ing around  him. 

The  interpreter  tells  us  this  is  a  meeting- 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  255 

going  man,  and  he  thinks  a  Christian.  We 
stop  and  have  a  few  words  of  conversation 
with  him.  In  answer  to  our  salutation  he 
raises  his  eyes  from  his  work,  with  a  fling 
of  the  head  tosses  back  the  long  locks  which 
were  hanging  about  his  face,  and  greets  us 
with  a  smile.  Without  reserve,  but  with 
modesty,  he  engages  in  a  conversation  on  the 
subject  of  religion.  He  tells  us  that  he  is 
happy  ;  that  he  loves  to  attend  religious  ser- 
vices, and  to  meet  with  people  that  love  Je- 
sus, and  when  alone  at  his  work  he  can  think 
over  some  of  the  good  things  he  has  heard. 
He  has  no  more  any  desire  to  engage  in  the 
sports  and  games  which  once  were  so  pleas- 
ing to  him.  His  knowledge  is  very  limited, 
for  all  that  he  has  learned  of  Scripture  truth, 
he  has  picked  up  here  and  there,  from  the 
different  preachers,  and  in  conversation  with 
Christian  people  ;  but  he  appears  to  have 
well  improved  the  little  instruction  he  has 
received.     He  is  faithful  in  his  few  things. 

We  leave  him  to  finish  his  spoon,  and  we 
proceed  on  our  way  with  some  very  pleasant 


256  SCENES  IN  THE 

reflections.  That  then,  we  say,  is  a  brother; 
one  of  the  household  of  faith ;  and  glad  are 
we  to  own  him  as  such.  His  skin  is  not 
like  ours,  nor  his  dress,  nor  mode  of  living  ; 
he  has  scarcely  any  cultivation  when  com- 
pared with  the  brethren  and  sisters  with 
whom  we  have  been  accustomed  to  associate ; 
but  when  we  come  to  speak  of  Christ,  of  the 
hopes  of  the  righteous,  of  temptations,  of  this 
wicked  heart,  bad  thoughts,  and  efforts  to 
overcome  every  evil  desire ;  and  when  we 
speak  of  doubts  and  fears,  then  of  encourag- 
ing hope,  then  of  sorrows,  and  then  of  joys, 
we  find  we  are  just  alike.  He  loves  Jesus, 
and  so  do  we,  as  we  trust ;  and  Jesus  loves 
him.  He  is  a  child  of  God,  for  he  evidently 
has  the  Spirit  of  adoption,  whereby  he  is 
taught  to  call  God,  Father.  We  shall  by  and 
by  meet  again,  we  hope.  And  this  is  some 
of  the  fruit  of  missionary  labour,  we  say. 
Somebody  cast  bread  upon  the  waters  a  long 
time  ago  ;  and  now,  after  many  days,  we 
have  found  it. 

Then,  brethren,  labour  on.     As  far  as  pos- 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  257 

sible,  preacTi  the  gospel  to  every  creature ; 
for  the  word  shall  prosper  in  the  thing  where- 
to God  sends  it.  Many  may  come  from  the 
cabins  and  wigwams  of  the  forest,  to  sit  down 
with  Abraham  and  Isaac  and  Jacob  in  the 
kingdom  of  heaven,  of  whose  salvation  you 
may  not  learn  till  that  great  day,  when  He 
for  whose  sake  you  labour  shall  point  to 
them  and  say,  "  Inasmuch  as  ye  have  done 
it  unto  one  of  the  least  of  these  my  brethren, 
ye  have  done  it  unto  rae." 

THE  GLEANER. 

An  incident  with  an  oriental  cast  about 
it  would  sometimes  occur,  such  as  this.  On 
a  hot  summer's  day  when  all  was  still  about 
the  Mission,  for  the  fowls  were  panting  in 
the  shade,  and  even  the  birds  were  seeking 
to  keep  themselves  cool  amongst  the  thick 
branches,  there  came  an  Indian  woman  soft- 
ly stepping  along  towards  the  house,  coming 
by  the  back  way.  She  was  very  shy,  and 
stood  by  the  fence  outside  the  yard,  watch- 
ing till  some  of  her  own  people  might  ap- 


258  SCENES  IN  THE 

pear  in  sight;  and  when  an  Indian  girl  came 
to  the  door,  she  beckoned  her  to  come  to  the 
place  where  she  was  standing.  The  girl 
went  and  returned  with  her  message  which 
was:  This  woman  wishes  to  know  if  she 
would  be  perfectly  welcome  to  go  into  the 
wheat  field  and  gather  what  was  left  after 
the  reapers.  Full  liberty  was  granted,  and 
a  rake  was  furnished  her  ;  with  which  she 
laboured  diligently  a  couple  of  hours.  Then 
with  a  stick  she  thrashed  what  she  had  gath- 
ered, tied  the  grain  in  a  cloth,  and  bore  it  home. 
While  she  was  engaged  in  these  operations, 
we  occasionally  looked  that  way  and  thought 
of  Euth  the  Moabitess  ;  and  wondered  whe- 
ther or  not  this  woman  could  be  at  all  re- 
lated to  that  people  to  whom  the  Lord  gave 
the  charge,  saying,  "  When  thou  cuttest  down 
thy  harvest  in  thy  field,  and  hast  forgot  a 
sheaf  in  the  field,  thou  shalt  not  go  again  to 
fetch  it;  it  shall  be  for  the  stranger,  for  the 
fatherless,  and  for  the  widow  ;  that  the  Lord 
thy  God  may  bless  thee  in  all  the  work  of 
thy  hands." 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  259 

A  FUNERAL. 

Soon  after  we  arrived  in  the  country  of 
the  Muskogees,  the  superintendent  of  one 
of  the  Missions  invited  us  to  take  a  horse 
and  ride  with  him.  He  was  going  to  visit 
a  sick  woman  a  few  miles  distant.  We 
found  her  wasting  with  consumption.  The 
cabin  was  small — one  room;  but  it  was  clean. 
There  were  clean  white  curtains  about  the 
bed ;  the  furniture  was  scanty,  but  what 
there  was,  was  tastefully  arranged  and  free 
from  dirt  and  dust.  This  recommended  the 
inmates.  Where  Christianity  goes,  improve- 
ments in  many  respects  are  sure  to  follow^ 

Another  Indian  woman  was  attending 
upon  the  sick  one ;  but  all  was  still.  The 
missionary  conversed  with  the  sick  woman; 
or  we  might  say,  he  asked  her  some  ques- 
tions, which  she  answered  very  briefly  ;  and 
then,  he  talked  to  her.  By  and  by  the  hus- 
band came  in.  He  was  another  silent  per- 
son. He  took  a  seat  at  a  little  distance,  and 
listened  attentively  to  what  was  said.  What 


260  SCENES  IN  THE 

a  silent  race  these  Indians  are  !  we  thought. 
A  hymn  was  sung,  and  a  pra3'er  offered  ;  and 
we  departed. 

A  few  days  afterwards,  and  in  a  pouring 
rain,  very  early  in  the  morning  the  husband 
came  to  request  the  missionary  to  attend  the 
funeral  of  his  wife.  He  then  went  to  gather- 
ing up  lumber,  and  himself  helped  in  mak- 
ing the  coffin.  At  the  appointed  time  we 
were  at  the  house  of  mourning,  where  we 
found  quite  a  company  of  people.  An  ox 
wagon  was  waiting  before  the  door,  to  serve 
as  the  hearse.  The  husband  was  busily,  but 
silently,  stirring  about  and  making  all  the 
arrangements.  When  the  coffin  was  brought 
out,  he  was  one  to  help  carry  it.  Then  we 
moved  towards  the  grave ;  not  in  procession, 
but  each  one  choosing  his  own  road  through 
the  thicket  till  we  came  to  a  solitary  place 
in  the  woods.  The  coffin  was  gently  lower- 
ed into  the  grave,  the  husband  still  doing 
most  of  the  work,  and  not  a  word  had  we 
yet  heard  spoken.  "When  the  dirt  was  re- 
turned into  the  grave,  the  husband  was  the 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  261 

principal  one  in  doing  it ;  and  occasionally 
he  would  get  in  to  tramp  the  earth  down 
compactly.  After  it  was  finished,  he  made 
a  roof  over  the  grave  to  keep  it  dry.  In  all 
this  the  husband  wished  to  testify  his  regard 
for  the  dead,  and  his  solicitude  to  provide 
suitably  for  her  last  resting  place  on  earth. 

When  the  coffin  was  lowered  into  the 
grave,  the  solemn  stillness  was  broken  by 
the  words, "  Earth  to  earth,  and  dust  to  dust ;" 
and  then  again,  when  the  burial  was  com- 
pleted, by  a  short  address  from  the  minister 
and  a  funeral  hymn. 

A  fitting  burial  for  this  inhabitant  of  the 
forest !  The  stillness  of  mourning  friends, 
(for  scarcely  did  we  hear  the  crackling  of  a 
dry  limb,  so  soft  was  their  tread,)  the  sombre 
solemn  woods,  the  majestic  oaks  spreading 
out  their  strong  arms  over  the  humble  tomb: 
under  such  circumstances  these  sweet  words, 
**I  am  the  resurrection  and  the  life" — "Those 
that  sleep  in  Jesus  will  God  bring  with  him," 
came  upon  our  ears  almost  like  a  voice  from 
the  clouds.     And  as  we  were  retiring  from 


262  SCENES  IN  THE 

that  spot,  where  the  dust  of  a  saint  had  been 
laid  in  its  lowly  bed,  to  rest  in  Jesus  till  the 
voice  of  the  archangel  sounds  calling  the 
dead  to  come  forth,  it  needed  but  little  fancy 
to  enable  us  still  to  hear  the  echo  of  that 
Muskogee  hymn  still  circling  about  the  grave, 
and  warbling  amongst  the  tree-tops. 

ELOQUENCE  OF  SILENCE. 

"  To  everything  there  is  a  season,  and  a 
time  to  every  purpose  under  the  heaven  ; 
and  there  is  an  unutterable  beauty  in  such 
a  fitness  of  things ;  and  so  we  find  that  there 
is  "  a  time  to  keep  silence,  and  a  time  to 
speak."  There  are  times  when  stillness 
preaches  more  effectually  than  any  audible 
sounds,  and  when  even  a  sigh  would  seem  to 
be  out  of  place. 

The  sun,  one  cold  December  evening,  had 
just  sunk  below  the  horizon,  amid  such  a 
blaze  of  angry  red  clouds  as  betoken  a 
boisterous  morrow,  when  we  noticed  one  of 
the  little  boys  becoming  especially  interested 
in    something    down   the   road.      We   also 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  263 

gazed  in  the  same  direction,  and  pretty  soon 
an  Indian  appeared,  with  a  blue  shawl 
twisted  like  a  turban  about  his  head,  a  green 
blanket  coat,  and  deer-skin  leggins.  With- 
out speaking  or  changing  a  muscle  of  his 
face,  the  boy  moved  with  measured  steps  to- 
wards the  stile;  the  Indian  dismounted  and 
met  him  there,  and  they  stood,  one  on 
either  side  of  the  fence. 

The  boy  dropped  his  head  on  the  topmost 
rail,  and  the  man  put  one  hand  upon  his 
shoulder,  and  the  other  around  upon  his 
back  ;  and  thus  they  remained  for  some 
minutes,  not  a  word  passing  between  them, 
nor  even  a  lisp. 

We  inquired  of  the  other  boys  what  all 
that  meant ;  had  the  man  brought  the  lad 
some  bad  news?  "  0  no,"  they  said,  *'  that 
is  his  father,  that  has  come  to  see  him  ;  and 
the  boy  is  so  glad."  "  But,"  we  said,  "  they 
have  not  spoken  ;  and  doesn't  the  boy  seem 
to  be  weeping?"  "0  no,"  they  answer, 
"  they  are  just  glad  to  see  each  other  :  Indians 
do  that  way." 


264  SCENES  IN  THE 

A  VISIT  TO  THE  CHEROKEES. 

All  the  missionaries  labouring  under  tbe 
auspices  of  the  American  Board  of  Commis- 
sioners for  Foreign  Missions  in  the  Cherokee 
Nation,  were  to  meet  at  Park  Hill  at  the 
same  time  that  the  Board  was  holding  its 
annual  meeting  in  an  inland  town  of  one  of 
the  eastern  states ;  and  the  members  of  our 
Missions  were  invited  to  be  present  with 
them.  It  being  the  season  of  vacation  in 
our  schools,  some  of  us  could  be  spared 
for  a  few  days.  The  distance  was  a  good 
day's  ride  ;  but  our  saddles  began  to  grow 
hard  when  the  journey  was  but  half  per- 
formed ;  and  as  the  declining  sun  lengthened 
our  shadows,  the  miles  seemed  to  lengthen 
also.  An  hour's  ride  brought  us  to  the 
ford  on  the  "Verdigris,  at  a  place  where  the 
river  is  wide,  and  the  banks  high  and  densely 
wooded.  As  we  followed  each  other  down 
the  steep  bank,  we  did  not  wonder  at  that 
sudden  expression  of  terror  from  the  lady  in 
the  company,  who  was  unaccustomed  to  such 


INDIAN  COUNTRT.  265 

modes  of  travelling;  for  as  we  looked  over 
into  the  dark  waters  rushing  over  the  rapids, 
thick  clouds  obscured  the  sun,  and  the  roar 
of  the  fall  a  little  below  burst  upon  our 
ears.  On  the  opposite  bank  were  some 
wild  animals  that  had  come  to  drink  at  the 
river;  whether  deer  or  wolves  we  couldn't 
determine  ;  and  they  soon  disappeared. 

The  river  forded,  another  ride  of  an  hour 
or  more  brought  us  to  the  Neosho:  this 
forded,  we  ride  into  Fort  Gibson.  This  is  a 
pretty  place.  There  is  the  fort  itself  with 
its  block  houses ;  the  pallisades  with  their 
heavy  wooden  gates ;  the  stables  on  a  hill 
near  by,  the  quarters  of  the  dragoons  in  a 
former  day  and  their  look  out ;  the  campus 
outside  the  fort — a  plot  of  ground  elevated 
above  the  river,  having  on  two  sides  the 
houses  of  the  officers,  the  chapel  and  school 
house,  the  government  store  ;  and  all  newly 
whitewashed.  Within  this  enclosure  was  a 
little  burying  ground  carefully  protected, 
and  tastefully  adorned  with  trees  and  shrubs. 
We  pass  out  into  the  Cherokee  country  by 

23 


266  SCENES  IN  THE 

a  large  gate ;  near  whicli  is  a  store,  having 
one  entrance  from  the  fort,  and  another  from 
the  Indian  country.  Around  this  door  a 
great  number  of  horses  were  tied,  while  their 
riders  were  within  ;  some  with  articles  to 
barter  for  goods,  others  endeavouring  to 
purchase  by  giving -a  "lien"  on  the  annuity 
which  will  come  next  year ;  which  annuity 
may  be  sold  or  gambled  away  to  several 
other  parties,  all  of  whom  will  be  at  the 
council  to  claim  it  when  at  length  it 
arrives. 

"VYe  still  have  a  very  pleasant  country  to 
travel  over  as  we  journey  eastward.  We 
have  no  high  hills,  but  a  gently  undulating 
surface,  with  many  brooks,  and  some  larger 
streams.  "We  pass  but  few  houses,  but 
those  that  we  see  seem  to  be  one  or  two 
degrees  in  advance  of  those  in  the  Creek 
country. 

At  the  house  of  the  veteran  missionary  at 
Park  Hill  we  receive  an  honest  and  hearty 
welcome.  The  evening  passes  pleasantly  in 
company  with  the  newly  arrived  and  arriv- 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  267 

ing  missionaries  coming  in  from  their  sev- 
eral fields  of  labour,  to  enjoy  a  short  season 
of  social  and  religious  intercourse;  and  thus 
to  drink  of  the  brook  in  the  way,  and  then 
to  lift  up  the  head,  and  press  on  with  renewed 
energies. 

Two  days  are  spent  in  alternate  business, 
and  religious  meetings  ;  and  an  additional 
interest  is  imparted  to  the  occasion  by  the 
reflection  that  all  the  missionaries  of  the 
same  Board  are  at  the  same  time  similarly 
employed,  and  that  the  officers  of  the  Board, 
and  many  of  the  friends  of  Missions  are  also 
offering  their  prayers  to  the  God  of  Missions 
for  a  blessing  on  the  whole  work,  and  on  all 
the  labourers.  At  one  time  we  assemble  in 
the  meeting-house,  made  of  hewn  logs,  to 
listen  to  a  sermon.  At  another  time  to  hear 
statements  concerning  the  work  at  the 
different  stations,  in  which  the  brethren 
speak  of  their  difficulties,  and  their  encour- 
agement; of  whatever  progress  has  been 
made  during  the  past  year,  and  the  ground 
of  hope  for  the  future :  and  before  we  separate 


268  SCENES  IN  THE 

the  efforts  of  the  church  for  the  conversion 
of  the  whole  world  are  briefly  brought  to 
view ;  also  the  lands  where  darkness  yet 
broods  are  pointed  to :  and  we  bless  the 
Lord  for  mercies  past,  and  humbly  hope  for 
more.  Again  we  assemble  for  the  sacramen- 
tal service.  The  missionaries  with  members 
of  their  families,  with  Cherokees  who  have 
learned  to  love  the  Lord,  and  some  who  are 
of  the  race  of  Ham,  all  sit  down  together  in 
remembrance  of  one  common  Lord,  and  as 
members  of  one  family. 

At  these  seasons  of  refreshing  we  forget 
the  trials  of  the  way,  and  the  days  of  sick- 
ness and  peril.  We  forget  the  seasons  of 
darkness  and  discouragement,  and  are  oc- 
cupied with  thoughts  of  our  Father's  house 
above,  and  are  filled  with  joy  in  thinking 
of  the  trophies  of  grace ;  some  of  whom  are 
with  us  there,  and  others  scattered  over  the 
Nation.  The  missionaries  thank  the  Lord 
and  take  courage  ;  and  when  by  and  hj 
they  separate,  each  to  his  allotted  labour,  it 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  269 

is  with  a  more  earnest  purpose,  a  stronger 
faith,  and  more  animating  hope. 

A  CHEROKEE  PREACHER 

was  there.  He  could  not  speak  a  word  of 
our  language.  The  few  little  works  which 
had  been  translated  into  his  own  lanojuaore  he 
carried  with  him;  and  was  much  occupied 
in  studying  them.  His  field  of  labour  was 
far  away  in  the  north-west.  He  spake  of 
the  people  there  as  "wild Indians,"  who  very 
much  needed  the  gospel ;  and  for  himself  he 
lamented  his  own  small  acquirements  and 
feeble  abilities,  and  expressed  a  wish  that 
some  person  could  be  with  him  on  whom  he 
might  lean,  and  to  whom  he  could  look  for 
instruction. 

The  chief  and  his  family  attended  all  the 
public  services.  It  was  something  strange, 
that  shining  coach,  that  would  do  for  Broad- 
way or  Chestnut  street,  with  driver  and  foot- 
man, glistening  here  and  there  as  it  passed 
the  openings  in  the  thicket,  then  rolling  over 
the  green  sward  up  to  the  log  meeting-house, 

23  * 


270  SCENES  IN  THE 

During  our  stay  in  the  country  we  rode  out 
to  the  residence  of  the  chief — a  neat  cottage, 
like  some  snug  farmer's  house  in  one  of  the  east- 
ern states.  It  was  well  furnished,  and  had 
pretty  yards  and  flower  gardens,  which  were 
indices  of  the  refinement  of  those  who  pre- 
sided in  the  household.  The  wife  of  the 
chief,  and  her  sister — white  ladies — were 
pleasant  and  entertaining  in  conversation  ; 
the  chief  was  not  so  sociable,  but  none  the 
less  attentive  to  his  guests. 

We  visited  the  Female  Academy — a  large, 
handsome,  well  finished  brick  building.  One 
almost  wonders  what  such  a  noble  edifice  is 
doing  away  out  there.  From  the  top  of  it 
we  saw  the  Seminary  for  young  men,  two 
miles  distant.  Each  had  a  boarding  depart- 
ment, with  three  or  four  teachers.  The 
buildings  were  erected,  and  the  schools  sup- 
ported out  of  their  school  fund  received  from 
the  United  States  government.  In  these 
were  trained  up  teachers  for  their  district 
schools ;   and    much   other  good   they  did, 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  271 

but  respecting  it  all  we  cannot  undertake  to 
tell. 

Near  the  residence  of  the  Missionary  lives 
his  Translator,  who  assists  him  in  translat- 
ing into  the  Cherokee  language,  books  and 
tracts.  The  "Cherokee  Almanac,"  which 
they  yearly  issue,  is  a  very  useful  publica- 
tion ;  having  alternate  pages  in  English  and 
Cherokee,  with  many  Scripture  lessons,  and 
useful  hints  on  Temperance,  Agriculture, 
Political  and  Domestic  Economy.  The 
prairie  flowers  and  the  moon  are  the  Al- 
manac of  the  Indian.  When  such  a  flower 
shows  itself,  they  think  it  the  time  to  plant 
this  seed ;  when  such  another  flower  is  in 
bloom,  some  other  seed  must  be  sown,  and 
so  on  ;  but  even  then  it  may  not  be  done 
unless  the  moon  is  in  the  right  quarter  also. 
But  again  it  may  occur  that  when  the  moon 
suits,  the  weather  may  not,  for  in  some  sea- 
sons the  rains  fall  earlier  than  in  others ; 
and  sometimes  when  the  dry  weather  com- 
mences, it  continues  through  the  summer  ; 
and  the  farmer  who,  because  the  moon  or 


272  SCENES  IN  THE 

other  signs  were  not  right,  neglected  to  im- 
prove the  early  season  which  was  favourable, 
may  not  have  another  opportunity  to  get 
his  seed  into  the  ground  with  a  prospect  of 
reaping  a  crop. 

The  Translator  of  whom  we  spoke  has  a 
mixture  of  white  blood.  He  was  for  two 
years  in  Princeton  Theological  Seminary 
and  for  some  time  has  been  a  member  of  the 
Creek  Presbytery.  He  employs  his  preach- 
ing talent  for  the  benefit  of  his  countrymen. 
His  house  resembled  some  parsonage  in  a 
quiet  eastern  village.  The  yard  and  flower 
beds,  the  orchard  and  garden,  were  refresh- 
ing to  the  eye;  and  you  say  to  yourself,  This 
man  was  not  spoiled  by  education  and  a  resi- 
dence among  the  whites.  With  other  learn- 
ing a  fine  taste  was  cultivated.  Nor  was 
there  in  the  house  that  painful  contrast  too 
often  witnessed  between  the  husband  and  wife, 
when  the  educated  one  returns  and  marries 
an  ignorant,  and  it  may  be  a  heathen  person. 
In  this  case  the  wife  was  a  help-meet ;  and 
while  sitting  with  them  in  their  parlour,  or 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  273 

at  their  well  arranged  and  comfortably  pro- 
vided table,  you  would  scarcely  think  you 
were  partaking  of  the  hospitalities  of  Che- 
rokees. 

Going  to  and  from  the  church  we  pass 
over  the  spot  which  was  once  wet  with  the 
blood  of  the  murdered  Elias  Boudinot.  That 
occurred  when  their  civil  wars  were  raging; 
and  perhaps  they  can  hardly  yet  be  said  to 
have  ceased.  The  Nation  was  divided  on 
that  question  :  Shall  we  remove,  or  shall  we 
not  remove  west  beyond  the  river?  And  the 
old  hatred  and  hot  blood  of  the  opposition 
party  is  stirred  up  against  the  other,  when- 
ever they  think  of  that  ancient  feud  ;  espe- 
cially do  they  cherish  enmity  towards  those 
who  were  the  principal  agents  in  selling 
their  homes,  their  fields,  and  their  hunting 
grounds  to  the  pale  faces.  It  still  leads  to  pri- 
vate quarrels,  and  to  the  shedding  of  blood. 
Human  life  by  many  of  the  Indians  is  estim- 
ated too  cheaply;  and  there  are  some  so  reck- 
less and  who  have  so  little  dread  of  a  future 
retribution,  and  withal  seem  to  have  acquired 


27*^  SCENES  IN  THE 

such  a  thirst  for  blood,  that  in  some  ap- 
palling instances  a  man  is  shot  as  ruthlessly 
as  a  wild  beast  would  be.  But  as  the  influ- 
ence of  the  gospel  extends,  this  condition  of 
things  will  disappear. 

BLOOD  REVENGE. 

As  before  stated,  we  hear  too  frequently 
of  cases  of  murder  and  manslaughter  ;  and 
the  number  of  these  is  larger  because  of 
the  disposition  of  many  to  take  the  law  into 
their  own  hands,  and  themselves  avenge  the 
death  of  a  relative,  rather  than  wait  the  law's 
delay.  Indeed,  blood  revenge  seems  to  be  a 
part  of  their  ancient  code ;  and  the  blood  of  a 
murdered  person  calls  from  the  ground  to 
those  of  nearest  kin  to  avenge  his  death ; 
and  those  Indians  who  still  hold  to  their  an- 
cient customs  and  belief,  feel  themselves  re- 
ligiously bound  to  pursue  the  murderer  till 
they  let  the  earth  drink  his  blood  also ;  like 
as  Joab  smote  Abner  for  the  blood  of  Asahel 
his  brother. 

We  will  speak  of  such  a  case.     A  man 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  275 

who  had  relatives  not  far  from  us  had  in  a 
quarrel  slain  a  man,  and  for  many  months 
he  had  been  hunted  from  one  hiding  place  to 
another.  There  were  no  cities  of  refuge  to 
which  he  might  flee  and  be  safe,  till  a  hear- 
ing of  the  case  might  be  had  before  the 
judges  ;  therefore  the  avenger  of  blood  was 
ever  on  his  trail.  Late  one  night  he  rushed 
into  a  house  not  far  from  the  Mission,  with 
blood  streaming  down  his  face,  and  craved 
a  shelter  and  place  of  concealment.  "  Oh," 
says  he,  "this  is  too  much  to  endure  always; 
to  be  constantly  hunted,  and  never  able  to 
feel  secure.  They  are  determined  to  have 
my  blood,  though  they  pursue  me  to  the 
ends  of  the  earth.  I  may  as  well  face  my 
enemy  at  once." 

TESTIMONY  OF  A  DROVER. 

On  the  boat  in  which  we  were  ascending 
the  Arkansas  river  was  a  cattle  buyer  from 
Virginia.  Having  learned  our  profession 
and  our  destination,  he  told  us  his.  For 
some  years  he  had  been  employed  in  gather- 


276  SCENES  IN  THE 

ing  up  droves  to  take  to  the  eastern  states  ; 
sometimes  it  was  a  drove  of  mules,  with  a  few 
Indian  ponies  ;  at  others  a  drove  of  those 
fine  cattle  raised  by  these  Indians,  with  a 
few  of  the  buffalo,  it  may  be,  to  sell  to  gen- 
tlemen at  the  east  to  ornament  their  parks. 
We  sometimes  saw  small  herds  of  these, 
which  the  hunters  had  taken  on  the  plains 
when  they  were  calves ;  an  ugly  looking 
creature,  and  still  more  so  when  seen  taking 
astampede,  pitching  along  in  a  rolling,  tumb- 
ling gait.  The  drover  by  years  of  experi- 
ence had  learned  much  about  these  partly 
civilized  tribes,  for  he  had  become  familiar 
with  all  classes,  and  had  seen  them  under  all 
circumstances.  Formerly,  he  said,  he  was 
like  a  great  many  others,  and  was  accustomed 
to  regard  the  accounts  sent  home  by  the 
missionaries,  and  published  through  the 
churches,  with  a  good  deal  of  suspicion;  but 
now  he  had  no  more  of  that  feeling.  He  had 
travelled  in  every  direction  over  the  coun- 
try, had  visited  many  of  the  misssionary  sta- 
tions under  the  care  of  different  denomina- 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  277 

tions  of  Christians,  had  passed  considerable 
time  at  some  of  them,  and  thus  had  an  op- 
portunity of  learning  how  they  worked  and 
how  they  lived ;  often  too  he  had  to  lodge 
in  the  houses  of  the  Indians,  and  sometimes 
to  encamp  with  them.  He  was  always  glad, 
he  said,  when  he  found  himself  amongst 
Christian  Indians,  or  with  those  who  had 
been  educated  at  Mission-schools. 

It  seemed  to  him  that  Christian  character 
was  more  marked  than  it  was  in  the  states ; 
that  when  he  found  a  genuine  Christian 
Indian,  he  was  more  decidedly  and  actively 
so  than  was  usual  with  professing  Christians 
amongst  the  whites.  He  hoped  in  respect 
to  himself  that  he  was  a  follower  of  Christ, 
and  he  did  certainly  enjoy  very  much  the 
pious  conversation  of  Christian  Indians,  to 
whose  houses  a  kind  providence  sometimes 
directed  him. 

He  told  of  a  solitary  ride  that  he  once 
had  in  the  Choctaw  Nation.  He  had  beea 
travelling  all  the  day,  and  was  weary  and 
hungry;  but  the  sun  was  rapidly  declining 

24 


278  SCENES  IN  THE 

and  no  cabin  was  in  sight,  nor  were  there 
cattle  paths  which  might  lead  him  to  human 
habitations.  He  was  preparing  his  mind 
for  a  night  on  the  plains  by  tethering  his 
horse,  and  making  his  own  bed  in  the  grass 
rolled  up  in  his  blanket ;  when  as  he  began 
descending  a  slope  he  saw,  amongst  the  tall 
grass  near  a  stream,  an  encampment  of 
perhaps  fifty  Indians.  He  was  uncertain  as 
to  their  character,  or  whether  he  might  fare 
well  or  ill  among  them ;  but  he  rode  into 
the  midst  of  them,  and  was  received  with 
kindness.  It  was  not  long  till  he  ascer- 
tained that  they  were  on  their  way  to  a 
sacramental  meeting.  There  were  men, 
women,  and  children  in  the  company. 
Their  riding  animals  were  secured  by  long 
ropes,  one  end  of  the  ropes  being  fastened  to 
wooden  pins  driven  into  the  ground.  The 
stranger  was  invited  to  eat  of  their  dried 
meat,  and  corn  bread.  They  spake  affec- 
tionately of  their  ministers,  and  seemed  to 
be  anticipating  much  enjoyment  at  the 
meeting.     Before  lying  down  to  sleep  they 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  279 

Lad  religious  worship,  consisting  of  singing 
and  prayers  ;  and  the  same  in  the  morning; 
for  they  could  no  more  do  without  their 
prayers  than  their  provender. 

The  drover  thought  them  as  happy  a  little 
company  of  people  as  ever  he  met  on  earth. 
The  night  in  the  Indian  encampment  where 
he  was  commended  to  the  care  of  that  God 
who  hath  made  of  one  blood  all  nations  of 
men — though  most  of  the  prayers  were  in  a 
language  which  he  did  not  understand — 
was,  he  said,  a  season  that  he  loved  to  think 
of:  and  if  he  should  be  so  happy  as  to  arrive 
at  heaven,  after  all  bis  journeyings  were 
over,  he  should  expect  to  meet  most  of  that 
little  party  of  Choctaws  there. 

IS  IT  A  PAYING  BUSINESS  ? 

Are  the  results  of  missionary  operations 
such  and  sufficient  to  pay  all  the  expense  of 
money,  labour,  and  sacrifice  of  health  and 
life  which  they  cost  ? 

It  was  Saturday  evening,  of  a  sultry  July 
day,  just  at  the  going  down  of  the  sun,  when 


280  SCENES  IN  THE 

we  reached  the  Mission  burying  ground 
situated  ou  a  solitary  knoll  in  the  edge  of 
the  woods.  We  had  followed  the  corpse, 
which  was  borne  in  a  rough  wagon,  a  mile 
or  more  through  the  forest,  some  of  us  on 
foot  and  some  on  horses. 

We  lowered  the  coffin  into  the  grave,  the 
missionary  addressed  a  few  words  to  the 
people  and  offered  prayer.  The  grave  was 
filled  up,  a  rough  stone  was  placed  at  the 
head  and  another  at  the  foot,  and  the  com- 
pany dispersed.  Then  we  said  to  the  mis- 
sionary, "  This  grave  shall  open  again." 
*'  Yes,"  he  answered,  '^  and  it  shall  open  too 
I  trust,  before  some  of  another  class,  for  we 
trust  that  he  will  have  part  in  the  first  re- 
surrection." 

I  rode  away  from  the  burying-ground  ;  it 
was  nearly  dark.  I  mused  as  I  went,  and 
these  were  some  of  my  thoughts  : 

To-morrow  is  the  Sabbath.  Yonder  is 
the  house  in  which  we  worship.  Our  bro- 
ther, Thomas  Jones,  will  not  be  there  ;  he 
was  seldom    absent  when   in    health.     He 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  281 

will  not  join  with  us  again  in  this  earthly 
sanctuary,  nor  in  the  weekly  meeting  shall 
we  hear  his  earnest,  fluent  prayers,  which 
were  some  evidence  that  he  was  not  a 
stranger  at  the  throne  of  grace.  But  we 
have  hope  that  his  spirit  has  already  been 
received  into  that  assembly  which  shall 
never  break  up. 

And  who  was  this  Thomas  Jones  ?  An 
Indian.  He  had  once  been  a  wicked  Indian, 
given  up  apparently  to  all  the  superstitions 
and  vices  of  his  people,  and  he  had  been  a 
great  favourite  with  the  Indians  of  his  town, 
because  of  his  skill  in  the  ball-play  and  other 
sports ;  but  for  a  few  years  past  he  had 
given  evidence  that  he  was  washed,  that  he 
was  sanctified,  that  he  was  justified  in  the 
name  of  the  Lord  Jesus,  and  by  the  Spirit 
of  our  God. 

These  things  were  alluded  to  in  the  funeral 
sermon,  by  the  missionary,  who  knew  him 
before  conversion,  and  had  witnessed  his 
subsequent  consistent  walk  as  a  professed 
follower  of  Christ. 

24* 


282  SCENES  IN  THE 

I  mused  on  these  things  still.  I  ran  over 
in  my  mind  the  providences  by  which  at 
length  this  man  was  brought  to  a  knowledge 
of  the  truth.  I  thought  of  the  officers  of  the 
Board  of  Missions,  in  their  plans  and  first 
efforts  for  establishing  missions  amongst  this 
people — the  selection  of  a  man  for  the  station 
— the  discouragements  attending  his  efforts 
— then  the  gradual  increase  of  the  missionary 
force,  and  the  aggregate  labours  of  all  these. 
I  thought  of  the  money  which  is  annually 
needed  to  support  these  Missions.  I  thought 
of  the  health  of  missionaries  ruined  here. 
I  thought  of  them  as  sick  and  worn  with 
care,  and  still  labouring.  I  thought  of  the 
graves  of  those  missionaries,  and  of  mission- 
aries' children,  in  that  burying-ground  in 
which  I  had  just  seen  another  body  deposited. 
On  the  one  hand,  I  thought  of  all  these 
things  ;  and  on  the  other  hand,  I  thought  of 
Thomas  Jones — -just  buried  in  confident  hope 
that  he  should  rise  in  the  resurrection  of  the 
just.  One  soul!  And  suppose  this  were 
the  only  fruit  of  the  efforts  of  the  Presby- 


INDIAN  COUNTRY.  288 

terian  Church  for  the  Creek  Indians  ;  is  this 
enough  to  pay  ivhat  these  Missions  have  cost? 
ONE  SOUL!  ONE  SOUL!  saved,  as 
we  trust,  that  but  for  the  efforts  of  the 
Church  at  this  place,  would  have  died  as 
heathen  Indians  die ! 

How  did  I  wish  that  the  whole  Church 
could  stand  for  a  few  moments  by  this  gi-ave, 
and  let  it  preach  to  them  !  It  would  speak 
to  them  of  the  power  of  the  gospel  to  con- 
vert the  Indian.  It  would  encourage  them 
in  the  work  of  sending  missionaries,  and 
praying  for  them.  It  would  also,  I  have 
little  doubt,  awaken  a  desire  in  many  to 
offer  themselves  as  missionaries,  that,  like 
the  pioneer  in  this  field  who  had  just  com- 
mitted to  the  dust,  to  await  the  resurrection, 
the  first  fruits  of  his  labours,  so  they  might 
go  forth  bearing  precious  seed,  hoping  also 
to  gather  sheaves. 


'.  Ji^.^KFU' 


N 


A" 

V 


^ 
^ 


'  '-'  \^  Q>  °  ^\       Treatment  Date 


(j  •'^       Deacidified  using  the  Bookkeeper  process. 

Neutralizing  Agent:  Magnesium  Oxide 


OEC         S37 
BQftKEEPER     ^ 

PRESERVATION  TECHNOLOGIES,  L.P.  \, 

111  Thomson  Park  Drive  ' 

Cranberry  Twp  .  PA  16066  i' 

(412)779-2111 


.^' 


'** 

y^ 

^' 

J 

^       ^^'^*■c^^-' 

^^              ^-^^      .^r 

!. 

J*  s 

^^'\  \^^ 

">• 

/ 

o 

V 

•"•f 

^0 

% 

•  o  ^ 

-'■ 

v^'    .^f«^^4; 

'<'■■■ 

^  >< 

o    -   '        >. 

^'-^    \J"     '^ 

<.^- 

^ 

?•' 

^j 

0^ 

/ 

3ft 

• 

,/^ 


O^        .    DOBBSPROS  ,  '   i 


ST.  AUGUSTINE 


Ik    FLA.